]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* doc/bison.texinfo (Bison Options): Add entry for --print-datadir.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * Other Languages:: Creating C++ and Java parsers.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
195 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
196 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
197 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
198
199 Defining Language Semantics
200
201 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
202 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
203 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
204 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
205 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
206 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
207 action in the middle of a rule.
208
209 Tracking Locations
210
211 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
212 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
213 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
214
215 Bison Declarations
216
217 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
218 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
219 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
220 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
221 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
222 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
223 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
224 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
225 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
226 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
227 * Push Decl:: Requesting a push parser.
228 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
229
230 Parser C-Language Interface
231
232 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
233 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
234 which reads tokens.
235 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
236 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
237 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
238 native language.
239
240 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
241
242 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
243 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
244 of the token it has read.
245 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
246 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
247 actions want that.
248 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
249 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
250
251 The Bison Parser Algorithm
252
253 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
254 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
255 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
256 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
257 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
258 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
259 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
260 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
261 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
262
263 Operator Precedence
264
265 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
266 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
267 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
268 * How Precedence:: How they work.
269
270 Handling Context Dependencies
271
272 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
273 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
274 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
275 error recovery rules must be written.
276
277 Debugging Your Parser
278
279 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
280 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
281
282 Invoking Bison
283
284 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
285 in alphabetical order by short options.
286 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
287 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
288
289 Parsers Written In Other Languages
290
291 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
292 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
293
294 C++ Parsers
295
296 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
297 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
298 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
299 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
300 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
301 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
302
303 A Complete C++ Example
304
305 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
306 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
307 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
308 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
309 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
310
311 Java Parsers
312
313 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
314 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
315 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
316 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
317 * Java Scanner Interface:: Java scanners, and pure parsers
318 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
319
320 Frequently Asked Questions
321
322 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
323 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
324 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
325 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
326 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
327 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
328 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
329 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
330 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
331 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
332 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
333 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
334
335 Copying This Manual
336
337 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
338
339 @end detailmenu
340 @end menu
341
342 @node Introduction
343 @unnumbered Introduction
344 @cindex introduction
345
346 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
347 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
348 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
349 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
350 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
351
352 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
353 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
354 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
355 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
356
357 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
358 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
359 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
360 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
361
362 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
363 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
364 multi-character string literals and other features.
365
366 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
367
368 @node Conditions
369 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
370
371 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
372 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
373 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
374 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
375 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
376
377 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
378 compiler, have never
379 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
380 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
381 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
382 License to all of the Bison source code.
383
384 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
385 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
386 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
387 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
388 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
389 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
390 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
391
392 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
393 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
394 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
395 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
396 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
397 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
398
399 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
400 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
401 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
402 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
403 exception.
404
405 @node Copying
406 @unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
407 @include gpl-3.0.texi
408
409 @node Concepts
410 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
411
412 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
413 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
414 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
415
416 @menu
417 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
418 as mathematical ideas.
419 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
420 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
421 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
422 the name of an identifier, etc.).
423 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
424 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
425 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
426 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
427 how is the output used?
428 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
429 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
430 @end menu
431
432 @node Language and Grammar
433 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
434
435 @cindex context-free grammar
436 @cindex grammar, context-free
437 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
438 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
439 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
440 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
441 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
442 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
443 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
444 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
445 recursion.
446
447 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
448 @cindex Backus-Naur form
449 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
450 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
451 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
452 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
453 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
454
455 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
456 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
457 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
458 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
459 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
460 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
461 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
462 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
463 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
464 restrictions that are
465 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
466 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
467 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
468 more information on this.
469
470 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
471 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
472 @cindex ambiguous grammars
473 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
474
475 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
476 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
477 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
478 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
479 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
480 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
481 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
482 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
483 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
484 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
485 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
486 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
487 possible parses of any given string is finite.
488
489 @cindex symbols (abstract)
490 @cindex token
491 @cindex syntactic grouping
492 @cindex grouping, syntactic
493 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
494 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
495 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
496 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
497 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
498 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
499 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
500
501 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
502 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
503 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
504 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
505 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
506 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
507 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
508 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
509 lexicography, not grammar.)
510
511 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
512
513 @ifinfo
514 @example
515 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
516 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
517 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
518 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
519 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
520 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
521 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
522 @end example
523 @end ifinfo
524 @ifnotinfo
525 @example
526 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
527 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
528 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
529 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
530 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
531 @end example
532 @end ifnotinfo
533
534 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
535 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
536 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
537 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
538 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
539 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
540 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
541 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
542
543 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
544 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
545 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
546 reads informally as follows:
547
548 @quotation
549 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
550 `semicolon'.
551 @end quotation
552
553 @noindent
554 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
555 statement in C.
556
557 @cindex start symbol
558 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
559 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
560 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
561 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
562 plays this role.
563
564 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
565 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
566 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
567 not the start symbol.
568
569 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
570 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
571 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
572 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
573 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
574 reports a syntax error.
575
576 @node Grammar in Bison
577 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
578 @cindex Bison grammar
579 @cindex grammar, Bison
580 @cindex formal grammar
581
582 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
583 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
584 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
585
586 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
587 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
588 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
589
590 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
591 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
592 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
593 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
594 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
595 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
596 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
597 @xref{Symbols}.
598
599 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
600 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
601 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
602 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
603
604 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
605 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
606
607 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
608 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
609 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
610 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
611 used in every rule.
612
613 @example
614 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
615 ;
616 @end example
617
618 @noindent
619 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
620
621 @node Semantic Values
622 @section Semantic Values
623 @cindex semantic value
624 @cindex value, semantic
625
626 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
627 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
628 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
629 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
630 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
631 grammatical.
632
633 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
634 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
635 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
636 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
637 ,Defining Language Semantics},
638 for details.
639
640 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
641 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
642 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
643 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
644 except their types.
645
646 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
647 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
648 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
649 need to have any semantic value.)
650
651 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
652 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
653 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
654 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
655 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
656 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
657
658 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
659 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
660 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
661 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
662 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
663
664 @node Semantic Actions
665 @section Semantic Actions
666 @cindex semantic actions
667 @cindex actions, semantic
668
669 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
670 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
671 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
672 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
673 @xref{Actions}.
674
675 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
676 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
677 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
678 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
679 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
680 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
681 newly recognized larger expression.
682
683 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
684 two subexpressions:
685
686 @example
687 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
688 ;
689 @end example
690
691 @noindent
692 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
693 from the values of the two subexpressions.
694
695 @node GLR Parsers
696 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
697 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
698 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
699 @findex %glr-parser
700 @cindex conflicts
701 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
702 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
703
704 In some grammars, Bison's standard
705 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
706 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
707 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
708 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
709 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
710 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
711 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
712 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
713
714 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
715 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
716 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
717 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
718 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
719 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
720 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
721 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
722 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
723 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
724 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
725 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
726 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
727 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
728 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
729 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
730 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
731 identical set of symbols.
732
733 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
734 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
735 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
736 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
737 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
738 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
739 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
740 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
741 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
742 merged result.
743
744 @menu
745 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
746 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
747 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
748 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
749 @end menu
750
751 @node Simple GLR Parsers
752 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
753 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
754 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
755 @findex %glr-parser
756 @findex %expect-rr
757 @cindex conflicts
758 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
759 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
760
761 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
762 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
763 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
764 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
765 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
766 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
767
768 Consider a problem that
769 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
770 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
771
772 @example
773 type subrange = lo .. hi;
774 type enum = (a, b, c);
775 @end example
776
777 @noindent
778 The original language standard allows only numeric
779 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
780 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
781 10206) and many other
782 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
783 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
784 parentheses:
785
786 @example
787 type subrange = (a) .. b;
788 @end example
789
790 @noindent
791 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
792 type with only one value:
793
794 @example
795 type enum = (a);
796 @end example
797
798 @noindent
799 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
800 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
801
802 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
803 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
804 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
805 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
806 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
807 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
808 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
809 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
810
811 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
812 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
813 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
814 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
815 expressions.
816
817 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
818 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
819 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
820 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
821 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
822 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
823 work.
824
825 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
826 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
827 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
828 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
829 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
830 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
831 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
832 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
833 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
834 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
835 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
836
837 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
838 reports a syntax error as usual.
839
840 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
841 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
842 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
843 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
844 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
845
846 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
847 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
848 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
849 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
850 The present example contains only one conflict between two
851 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
852 cannot be nested. So the number of
853 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
854 and the parsing time is still linear.
855
856 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
857 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
858
859 @example
860 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
861
862 @group
863 %left '+' '-'
864 %left '*' '/'
865 @end group
866
867 %%
868
869 @group
870 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
871 ;
872 @end group
873
874 @group
875 type : '(' id_list ')'
876 | expr DOTDOT expr
877 ;
878 @end group
879
880 @group
881 id_list : ID
882 | id_list ',' ID
883 ;
884 @end group
885
886 @group
887 expr : '(' expr ')'
888 | expr '+' expr
889 | expr '-' expr
890 | expr '*' expr
891 | expr '/' expr
892 | ID
893 ;
894 @end group
895 @end example
896
897 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
898 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
899 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
900 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
901 recognized:
902
903 @example
904 type t = (a) .. b;
905 @end example
906
907 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
908 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
909 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
910 @samp{%%}):
911
912 @example
913 %glr-parser
914 %expect-rr 1
915 @end example
916
917 @noindent
918 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
919 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
920 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
921 notice when the parser splits.
922
923 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
924 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
925 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
926 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
927 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
928 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
929 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
930 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
931 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
932 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
933 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
934 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
935 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
936 correctness.
937
938 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
939 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
940 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
941 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
942 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
943 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
944
945 @node Merging GLR Parses
946 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
947 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
948 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
949 @findex %dprec
950 @findex %merge
951 @cindex conflicts
952 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
953
954 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
955
956 @example
957 %@{
958 #include <stdio.h>
959 #define YYSTYPE char const *
960 int yylex (void);
961 void yyerror (char const *);
962 %@}
963
964 %token TYPENAME ID
965
966 %right '='
967 %left '+'
968
969 %glr-parser
970
971 %%
972
973 prog :
974 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
975 ;
976
977 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
978 | decl %dprec 2
979 ;
980
981 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
982 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
983 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
984 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
985 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
986 ;
987
988 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
989 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
990 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
991 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
992 ;
993
994 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
995 | '(' declarator ')'
996 ;
997 @end example
998
999 @noindent
1000 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
1001 certain declarations and statements. For example,
1002
1003 @example
1004 T (x) = y+z;
1005 @end example
1006
1007 @noindent
1008 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1009 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1010 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1011 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1012 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1013 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1014 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1015 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1016 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1017 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1018 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1019 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1020 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1021 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1022
1023 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1024 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1025 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1026 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1027 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1028 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1029 The parser therefore prints
1030
1031 @example
1032 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1033 @end example
1034
1035 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1036 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1037
1038 @example
1039 T (x) + y;
1040 @end example
1041
1042 @noindent
1043 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1044 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1045 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1046 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1047 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1048 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1049 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1050 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1051 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1052 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1053
1054 @example
1055 x T <cast> y +
1056 @end example
1057
1058 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1059 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1060 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1061 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1062 follows:
1063
1064 @example
1065 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1066 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1067 ;
1068 @end example
1069
1070 @noindent
1071 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1072
1073 @example
1074 static YYSTYPE
1075 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1076 @{
1077 printf ("<OR> ");
1078 return "";
1079 @}
1080 @end example
1081
1082 @noindent
1083 with an accompanying forward declaration
1084 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1085
1086 @example
1087 %@{
1088 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1089 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1090 %@}
1091 @end example
1092
1093 @noindent
1094 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1095 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1096
1097 @example
1098 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1099 @end example
1100
1101 Bison requires that all of the
1102 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1103 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1104 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1105 the offending merge.
1106
1107 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1108 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1109
1110 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1111 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1112 the associated reduction.
1113 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1114 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1115
1116 @vindex yychar
1117 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1118 @vindex yylval
1119 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1120 @vindex yylloc
1121 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1122 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1123 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1124 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1125 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1126 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1127 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1128 influence syntax analysis.
1129 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1130
1131 @findex yyclearin
1132 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1133 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1134 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1135 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1136 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1137 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1138 future versions of Bison.
1139 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1140 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1141 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1142
1143 @findex YYERROR
1144 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1145 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1146 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1147 initiate error recovery.
1148 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1149 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1150 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1151 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1152
1153 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1154 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1155
1156 @node Compiler Requirements
1157 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1158 @cindex @code{inline}
1159 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1160
1161 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1162 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1163 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1164 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1165 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1166 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1167
1168 @example
1169 %@{
1170 #include <config.h>
1171 %@}
1172 @end example
1173
1174 @noindent
1175 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1176
1177 @example
1178 %@{
1179 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1180 #define inline
1181 #endif
1182 %@}
1183 @end example
1184
1185 @node Locations Overview
1186 @section Locations
1187 @cindex location
1188 @cindex textual location
1189 @cindex location, textual
1190
1191 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1192 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1193 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1194 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1195
1196 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1197 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1198 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1199 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1200
1201 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1202 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1203 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1204 @code{@@3}.
1205
1206 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1207 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1208 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1209 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1210 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1211 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1212 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1213
1214 @node Bison Parser
1215 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1216 @cindex Bison parser
1217 @cindex Bison utility
1218 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1219 @cindex parser
1220
1221 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1222 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1223 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1224 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1225 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1226 program.
1227
1228 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1229 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1230 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1231 uses.
1232
1233 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1234 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1235 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1236 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1237 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1238 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1239 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1240
1241 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1242 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1243 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1244 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1245 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1246 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1247 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1248 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1249
1250 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1251 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1252 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1253 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1254 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1255 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1256 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1257 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1258 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1259 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1260 meanings.
1261
1262 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1263 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1264 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1265 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1266 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1267 included if message translation is in use
1268 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1269 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1270 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1271
1272 @node Stages
1273 @section Stages in Using Bison
1274 @cindex stages in using Bison
1275 @cindex using Bison
1276
1277 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1278 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1279
1280 @enumerate
1281 @item
1282 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1283 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1284 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1285 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1286 sequence of C statements.
1287
1288 @item
1289 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1290 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1291 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1292 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Write error-reporting routines.
1299 @end enumerate
1300
1301 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1302 must follow these steps:
1303
1304 @enumerate
1305 @item
1306 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1307
1308 @item
1309 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1310
1311 @item
1312 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1313 @end enumerate
1314
1315 @node Grammar Layout
1316 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1317 @cindex grammar file
1318 @cindex file format
1319 @cindex format of grammar file
1320 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1321
1322 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1323 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1324
1325 @example
1326 %@{
1327 @var{Prologue}
1328 %@}
1329
1330 @var{Bison declarations}
1331
1332 %%
1333 @var{Grammar rules}
1334 %%
1335 @var{Epilogue}
1336 @end example
1337
1338 @noindent
1339 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1340 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1341
1342 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1343 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1344 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1345 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1346 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1347 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1348
1349 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1350 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1351 semantic values of various symbols.
1352
1353 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1354 parts.
1355
1356 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1357 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1358 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1359
1360 @node Examples
1361 @chapter Examples
1362 @cindex simple examples
1363 @cindex examples, simple
1364
1365 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1366 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1367 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1368 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1369 desk-top calculator.
1370
1371 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1372 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1373 source file to try them.
1374
1375 @menu
1376 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1377 a first example with no operator precedence.
1378 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1379 Operator precedence is introduced.
1380 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1381 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1382 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1383 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1384 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1385 @end menu
1386
1387 @node RPN Calc
1388 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1389 @cindex reverse polish notation
1390 @cindex polish notation calculator
1391 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1392 @cindex calculator, simple
1393
1394 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1395 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1396 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1397 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1398
1399 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1400 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1401
1402 @menu
1403 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1404 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1405 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1406 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1407 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1408 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1409 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1410 @end menu
1411
1412 @node Rpcalc Decls
1413 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1414
1415 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1416 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1417
1418 @example
1419 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1420
1421 %@{
1422 #define YYSTYPE double
1423 #include <math.h>
1424 int yylex (void);
1425 void yyerror (char const *);
1426 %@}
1427
1428 %token NUM
1429
1430 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1431 @end example
1432
1433 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1434 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1435
1436 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1437 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1438 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1439 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1440 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1441 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1442 which is a floating point number.
1443
1444 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1445 function @code{pow}.
1446
1447 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1448 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1449 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1450 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1451 prologue.
1452
1453 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1454 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1455 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1456 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1457 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1458 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1459 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1460 type for numeric constants.
1461
1462 @node Rpcalc Rules
1463 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1464
1465 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1466
1467 @example
1468 input: /* empty */
1469 | input line
1470 ;
1471
1472 line: '\n'
1473 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1474 ;
1475
1476 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1477 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1478 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1479 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1480 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1481 /* Exponentiation */
1482 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1483 /* Unary minus */
1484 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1485 ;
1486 %%
1487 @end example
1488
1489 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1490 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1491 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1492 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1493 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1494 mean.
1495
1496 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1497 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1498 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1499
1500 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1501 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1502 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1503 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1504 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1505 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1506
1507 @menu
1508 * Rpcalc Input::
1509 * Rpcalc Line::
1510 * Rpcalc Expr::
1511 @end menu
1512
1513 @node Rpcalc Input
1514 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1515
1516 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1517
1518 @example
1519 input: /* empty */
1520 | input line
1521 ;
1522 @end example
1523
1524 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1525 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1526 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1527 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1528 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1529
1530 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1531 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1532 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1533 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1534 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1535 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1536
1537 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1538 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1539 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1540 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1541 more times.
1542
1543 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1544 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1545 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1546
1547 @node Rpcalc Line
1548 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1549
1550 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1551
1552 @example
1553 line: '\n'
1554 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1555 ;
1556 @end example
1557
1558 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1559 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1560 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1561 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1562 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1563 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1564 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1565
1566 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1567 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1568 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1569 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1570 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1571
1572 @node Rpcalc Expr
1573 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1574
1575 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1576 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1577 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1578 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1579
1580 @example
1581 exp: NUM
1582 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1583 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1584 @dots{}
1585 ;
1586 @end example
1587
1588 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1589 equally well have written them separately:
1590
1591 @example
1592 exp: NUM ;
1593 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1594 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1595 @dots{}
1596 @end example
1597
1598 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1599 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1600 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1601 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1602 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1603 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1604 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1605 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1606
1607 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1608 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1609 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1610
1611 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1612 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1613 For example, this:
1614
1615 @example
1616 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1617 @end example
1618
1619 @noindent
1620 means the same thing as this:
1621
1622 @example
1623 exp: NUM
1624 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1625 | @dots{}
1626 ;
1627 @end example
1628
1629 @noindent
1630 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1631
1632 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1633 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1634 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1635 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1636
1637 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1638 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1639 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1640 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1641
1642 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1643 calculator. This
1644 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1645 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1646 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1647 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1648
1649 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1650 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1651 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1652 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1653 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1654 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1655 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1656 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1657 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1658
1659 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1660 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1661 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1662 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1663 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1664
1665 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1666 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1667
1668 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1669
1670 @example
1671 @group
1672 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1673 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1674 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1675 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1676
1677 #include <ctype.h>
1678 @end group
1679
1680 @group
1681 int
1682 yylex (void)
1683 @{
1684 int c;
1685
1686 /* Skip white space. */
1687 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1688 ;
1689 @end group
1690 @group
1691 /* Process numbers. */
1692 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1693 @{
1694 ungetc (c, stdin);
1695 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1696 return NUM;
1697 @}
1698 @end group
1699 @group
1700 /* Return end-of-input. */
1701 if (c == EOF)
1702 return 0;
1703 /* Return a single char. */
1704 return c;
1705 @}
1706 @end group
1707 @end example
1708
1709 @node Rpcalc Main
1710 @subsection The Controlling Function
1711 @cindex controlling function
1712 @cindex main function in simple example
1713
1714 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1715 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1716 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1717
1718 @example
1719 @group
1720 int
1721 main (void)
1722 @{
1723 return yyparse ();
1724 @}
1725 @end group
1726 @end example
1727
1728 @node Rpcalc Error
1729 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1730 @cindex error reporting routine
1731
1732 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1733 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1734 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1735 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1736 here is the definition we will use:
1737
1738 @example
1739 @group
1740 #include <stdio.h>
1741
1742 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1743 void
1744 yyerror (char const *s)
1745 @{
1746 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1747 @}
1748 @end group
1749 @end example
1750
1751 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1752 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1753 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1754 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1755 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1756 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1757
1758 @node Rpcalc Gen
1759 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1760 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1761
1762 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1763 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1764 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1765 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1766 end, in the epilogue of the file
1767 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1768
1769 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1770 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1771
1772 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1773 convert it into a parser file:
1774
1775 @example
1776 bison @var{file}.y
1777 @end example
1778
1779 @noindent
1780 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1781 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1782 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1783 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1784 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1785 are copied verbatim to the output.
1786
1787 @node Rpcalc Compile
1788 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1789 @cindex compiling the parser
1790
1791 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1792
1793 @example
1794 @group
1795 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1796 $ @kbd{ls}
1797 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1798 @end group
1799
1800 @group
1801 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1802 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1803 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1804 @end group
1805
1806 @group
1807 # @r{List files again.}
1808 $ @kbd{ls}
1809 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1810 @end group
1811 @end example
1812
1813 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1814 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1815
1816 @example
1817 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1818 @kbd{4 9 +}
1819 13
1820 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1821 -13
1822 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1823 13
1824 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1825 -3.166666667
1826 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1827 81
1828 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1829 $
1830 @end example
1831
1832 @node Infix Calc
1833 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1834 @cindex infix notation calculator
1835 @cindex @code{calc}
1836 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1837
1838 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1839 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1840 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1841 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1842
1843 @example
1844 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1845
1846 %@{
1847 #define YYSTYPE double
1848 #include <math.h>
1849 #include <stdio.h>
1850 int yylex (void);
1851 void yyerror (char const *);
1852 %@}
1853
1854 /* Bison declarations. */
1855 %token NUM
1856 %left '-' '+'
1857 %left '*' '/'
1858 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1859 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1860
1861 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1862 input: /* empty */
1863 | input line
1864 ;
1865
1866 line: '\n'
1867 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1868 ;
1869
1870 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1871 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1872 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1873 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1874 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1875 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1876 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1877 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1878 ;
1879 %%
1880 @end example
1881
1882 @noindent
1883 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1884 same as before.
1885
1886 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1887
1888 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1889 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1890 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1891 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1892 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1893 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1894 the associativity.)
1895
1896 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1897 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1898 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1899 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1900 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1901 Precedence}.
1902
1903 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1904 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1905 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1906 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1907 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1908
1909 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1910
1911 @need 500
1912 @example
1913 $ @kbd{calc}
1914 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1915 6.880952381
1916 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1917 -54
1918 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1919 9
1920 @end example
1921
1922 @node Simple Error Recovery
1923 @section Simple Error Recovery
1924 @cindex error recovery, simple
1925
1926 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1927 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1928 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1929 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1930 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1931 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1932
1933 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1934 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1935 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1936
1937 @example
1938 @group
1939 line: '\n'
1940 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1941 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1942 ;
1943 @end group
1944 @end example
1945
1946 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1947 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1948 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1949 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1950 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1951 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1952 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1953 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1954 misprint.
1955
1956 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1957 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1958 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1959 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1960 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1961 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1962 Bison programs.
1963
1964 @node Location Tracking Calc
1965 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1966 @cindex location tracking calculator
1967 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1968 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1969
1970 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1971 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1972 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1973 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1974 analyzer.
1975
1976 @menu
1977 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1978 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1979 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1980 @end menu
1981
1982 @node Ltcalc Decls
1983 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1984
1985 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1986 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1987
1988 @example
1989 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1990
1991 %@{
1992 #define YYSTYPE int
1993 #include <math.h>
1994 int yylex (void);
1995 void yyerror (char const *);
1996 %@}
1997
1998 /* Bison declarations. */
1999 %token NUM
2000
2001 %left '-' '+'
2002 %left '*' '/'
2003 %left NEG
2004 %right '^'
2005
2006 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2007 @end example
2008
2009 @noindent
2010 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2011 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2012 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2013 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2014 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2015 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2016 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2017 start at 1.
2018
2019 @node Ltcalc Rules
2020 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2021
2022 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2023 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2024 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2025 from the new information.
2026
2027 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2028 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2029
2030 @example
2031 @group
2032 input : /* empty */
2033 | input line
2034 ;
2035 @end group
2036
2037 @group
2038 line : '\n'
2039 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2040 ;
2041 @end group
2042
2043 @group
2044 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2045 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2046 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2047 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2048 @end group
2049 @group
2050 | exp '/' exp
2051 @{
2052 if ($3)
2053 $$ = $1 / $3;
2054 else
2055 @{
2056 $$ = 1;
2057 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2058 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2059 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2060 @}
2061 @}
2062 @end group
2063 @group
2064 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2065 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2066 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2067 @end group
2068 @end example
2069
2070 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2071 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2072 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2073
2074 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2075 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2076 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2077 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2078 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2079 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2080 hand.
2081
2082 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2083 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2084
2085 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2086 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2087 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2088 semantic values.
2089
2090 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2091 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2092
2093 @example
2094 @group
2095 int
2096 yylex (void)
2097 @{
2098 int c;
2099 @end group
2100
2101 @group
2102 /* Skip white space. */
2103 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2104 ++yylloc.last_column;
2105 @end group
2106
2107 @group
2108 /* Step. */
2109 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2110 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2111 @end group
2112
2113 @group
2114 /* Process numbers. */
2115 if (isdigit (c))
2116 @{
2117 yylval = c - '0';
2118 ++yylloc.last_column;
2119 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2120 @{
2121 ++yylloc.last_column;
2122 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2123 @}
2124 ungetc (c, stdin);
2125 return NUM;
2126 @}
2127 @end group
2128
2129 /* Return end-of-input. */
2130 if (c == EOF)
2131 return 0;
2132
2133 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2134 if (c == '\n')
2135 @{
2136 ++yylloc.last_line;
2137 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2138 @}
2139 else
2140 ++yylloc.last_column;
2141 return c;
2142 @}
2143 @end example
2144
2145 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2146 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2147 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2148 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2149
2150 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2151 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2152 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2153 controlling function:
2154
2155 @example
2156 @group
2157 int
2158 main (void)
2159 @{
2160 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2161 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2162 return yyparse ();
2163 @}
2164 @end group
2165 @end example
2166
2167 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2168 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2169 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2170
2171 @node Multi-function Calc
2172 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2173 @cindex multi-function calculator
2174 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2175 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2176
2177 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2178 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2179 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2180 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2181 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2182
2183 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2184 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2185 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2186 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2187 functions whose syntax has this form:
2188
2189 @example
2190 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2191 @end example
2192
2193 @noindent
2194 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2195 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2196 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2197
2198 @example
2199 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2200 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2201 3.1415926536
2202 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2203 0.0000000000
2204 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2205 2.3000000000
2206 @kbd{alpha}
2207 2.3000000000
2208 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2209 0.8329091229
2210 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2211 2.3000000000
2212 $
2213 @end example
2214
2215 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2216
2217 @menu
2218 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2219 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2220 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2221 @end menu
2222
2223 @node Mfcalc Decl
2224 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2225
2226 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2227
2228 @smallexample
2229 @group
2230 %@{
2231 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2232 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2233 int yylex (void);
2234 void yyerror (char const *);
2235 %@}
2236 @end group
2237 @group
2238 %union @{
2239 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2240 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2241 @}
2242 @end group
2243 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2244 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2245 %type <val> exp
2246
2247 @group
2248 %right '='
2249 %left '-' '+'
2250 %left '*' '/'
2251 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2252 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2253 @end group
2254 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2255 @end smallexample
2256
2257 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2258 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2259 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2260
2261 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2262 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2263 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2264 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2265
2266 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2267 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2268 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2269 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2270 between angle brackets).
2271
2272 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2273 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2274 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2275 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2276 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2277 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2278
2279 @node Mfcalc Rules
2280 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2281
2282 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2283 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2284 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2285
2286 @smallexample
2287 @group
2288 input: /* empty */
2289 | input line
2290 ;
2291 @end group
2292
2293 @group
2294 line:
2295 '\n'
2296 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2297 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2298 ;
2299 @end group
2300
2301 @group
2302 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2303 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2304 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2305 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2306 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2307 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2308 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2309 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2310 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2311 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2312 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2313 ;
2314 @end group
2315 /* End of grammar. */
2316 %%
2317 @end smallexample
2318
2319 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2320 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2321 @cindex symbol table example
2322
2323 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2324 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2325 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2326 requires some additional C functions for support.
2327
2328 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2329 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2330 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2331
2332 @smallexample
2333 @group
2334 /* Function type. */
2335 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2336 @end group
2337
2338 @group
2339 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2340 struct symrec
2341 @{
2342 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2343 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2344 union
2345 @{
2346 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2347 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2348 @} value;
2349 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2350 @};
2351 @end group
2352
2353 @group
2354 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2355
2356 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2357 extern symrec *sym_table;
2358
2359 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2360 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2361 @end group
2362 @end smallexample
2363
2364 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2365 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2366 @code{init_table} as well:
2367
2368 @smallexample
2369 #include <stdio.h>
2370
2371 @group
2372 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2373 void
2374 yyerror (char const *s)
2375 @{
2376 printf ("%s\n", s);
2377 @}
2378 @end group
2379
2380 @group
2381 struct init
2382 @{
2383 char const *fname;
2384 double (*fnct) (double);
2385 @};
2386 @end group
2387
2388 @group
2389 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2390 @{
2391 "sin", sin,
2392 "cos", cos,
2393 "atan", atan,
2394 "ln", log,
2395 "exp", exp,
2396 "sqrt", sqrt,
2397 0, 0
2398 @};
2399 @end group
2400
2401 @group
2402 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2403 symrec *sym_table;
2404 @end group
2405
2406 @group
2407 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2408 void
2409 init_table (void)
2410 @{
2411 int i;
2412 symrec *ptr;
2413 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2414 @{
2415 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2416 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2417 @}
2418 @}
2419 @end group
2420
2421 @group
2422 int
2423 main (void)
2424 @{
2425 init_table ();
2426 return yyparse ();
2427 @}
2428 @end group
2429 @end smallexample
2430
2431 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2432 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2433
2434 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2435 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2436 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2437 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2438 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2439 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2440
2441 @smallexample
2442 symrec *
2443 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2444 @{
2445 symrec *ptr;
2446 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2447 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2448 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2449 ptr->type = sym_type;
2450 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2451 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2452 sym_table = ptr;
2453 return ptr;
2454 @}
2455
2456 symrec *
2457 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2458 @{
2459 symrec *ptr;
2460 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2461 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2462 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2463 return ptr;
2464 return 0;
2465 @}
2466 @end smallexample
2467
2468 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2469 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2470 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2471 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2472
2473 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2474 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2475 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2476 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2477 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2478 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2479
2480 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2481 operators in @code{yylex}.
2482
2483 @smallexample
2484 @group
2485 #include <ctype.h>
2486 @end group
2487
2488 @group
2489 int
2490 yylex (void)
2491 @{
2492 int c;
2493
2494 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2495 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2496
2497 if (c == EOF)
2498 return 0;
2499 @end group
2500
2501 @group
2502 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2503 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2504 @{
2505 ungetc (c, stdin);
2506 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2507 return NUM;
2508 @}
2509 @end group
2510
2511 @group
2512 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2513 if (isalpha (c))
2514 @{
2515 symrec *s;
2516 static char *symbuf = 0;
2517 static int length = 0;
2518 int i;
2519 @end group
2520
2521 @group
2522 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2523 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2524 if (length == 0)
2525 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2526
2527 i = 0;
2528 do
2529 @end group
2530 @group
2531 @{
2532 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2533 if (i == length)
2534 @{
2535 length *= 2;
2536 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2537 @}
2538 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2539 symbuf[i++] = c;
2540 /* Get another character. */
2541 c = getchar ();
2542 @}
2543 @end group
2544 @group
2545 while (isalnum (c));
2546
2547 ungetc (c, stdin);
2548 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2549 @end group
2550
2551 @group
2552 s = getsym (symbuf);
2553 if (s == 0)
2554 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2555 yylval.tptr = s;
2556 return s->type;
2557 @}
2558
2559 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2560 return c;
2561 @}
2562 @end group
2563 @end smallexample
2564
2565 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2566 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2567 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2568
2569 @node Exercises
2570 @section Exercises
2571 @cindex exercises
2572
2573 @enumerate
2574 @item
2575 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2576
2577 @item
2578 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2579 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2580 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2581
2582 @item
2583 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2584 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2585 @end enumerate
2586
2587 @node Grammar File
2588 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2589
2590 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2591 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2592
2593 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2594 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2595
2596 @menu
2597 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2598 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2599 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2600 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2601 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2602 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2603 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2604 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2605 @end menu
2606
2607 @node Grammar Outline
2608 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2609
2610 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2611 appropriate delimiters:
2612
2613 @example
2614 %@{
2615 @var{Prologue}
2616 %@}
2617
2618 @var{Bison declarations}
2619
2620 %%
2621 @var{Grammar rules}
2622 %%
2623
2624 @var{Epilogue}
2625 @end example
2626
2627 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2628 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2629 continues until end of line.
2630
2631 @menu
2632 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2633 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2634 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2635 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2636 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2637 @end menu
2638
2639 @node Prologue
2640 @subsection The prologue
2641 @cindex declarations section
2642 @cindex Prologue
2643 @cindex declarations
2644
2645 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2646 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2647 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2648 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2649 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2650 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2651 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2652
2653 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2654 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2655 character constant.
2656
2657 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2658 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2659 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2660 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2661 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2662 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2663 @code{%union} declaration.
2664
2665 @smallexample
2666 %@{
2667 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2668 #include <stdio.h>
2669 #include "ptypes.h"
2670 %@}
2671
2672 %union @{
2673 long int n;
2674 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2675 @}
2676
2677 %@{
2678 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2679 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2680 %@}
2681
2682 @dots{}
2683 @end smallexample
2684
2685 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2686 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2687 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2688 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2689 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2690 @code{#include} directives.
2691
2692 @node Prologue Alternatives
2693 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2694 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2695
2696 @findex %code
2697 @findex %code requires
2698 @findex %code provides
2699 @findex %code top
2700 (The prologue alternatives described here are experimental.
2701 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
2702 features.)
2703
2704 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2705 inflexible.
2706 As an alternative, Bison provides a %code directive with an explicit qualifier
2707 field, which identifies the purpose of the code and thus the location(s) where
2708 Bison should generate it.
2709 For C/C++, the qualifier can be omitted for the default location, or it can be
2710 one of @code{requires}, @code{provides}, @code{top}.
2711 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
2712
2713 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2714
2715 @smallexample
2716 %@{
2717 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2718 #include <stdio.h>
2719 #include "ptypes.h"
2720 %@}
2721
2722 %union @{
2723 long int n;
2724 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2725 @}
2726
2727 %@{
2728 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2729 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2730 %@}
2731
2732 @dots{}
2733 @end smallexample
2734
2735 @noindent
2736 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2737 distinction between their functionality.
2738 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2739 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2740 definition?
2741 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2742 parser source code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2743 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2744 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2745 arguments?
2746 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2747 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2748
2749 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2750 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2751 This behavior raises a few questions.
2752 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2753 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2754 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2755 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2756 This behavior is not intuitive.
2757
2758 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using a
2759 @code{%code top} and an unqualified @code{%code}.
2760 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2761 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2762
2763 @smallexample
2764 %code top @{
2765 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2766 #include <stdio.h>
2767
2768 /* WARNING: The following code really belongs
2769 * in a `%code requires'; see below. */
2770
2771 #include "ptypes.h"
2772 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2773 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2774 @{
2775 int first_line;
2776 int first_column;
2777 int last_line;
2778 int last_column;
2779 char *filename;
2780 @} YYLTYPE;
2781 @}
2782
2783 %union @{
2784 long int n;
2785 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2786 @}
2787
2788 %code @{
2789 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2790 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2791 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2792 @}
2793
2794 @dots{}
2795 @end smallexample
2796
2797 @noindent
2798 In this way, @code{%code top} and the unqualified @code{%code} achieve the same
2799 functionality as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always
2800 explicit which kind you intend.
2801 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2802
2803 The @code{%code top} block above logically contains two parts.
2804 The first two lines before the warning need to appear near the top of the
2805 parser source code file.
2806 The first line after the warning is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also
2807 needs to appear in the parser source code file.
2808 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2809 (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%defines}), you probably want that line to appear before
2810 the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2811 The @code{YYLTYPE} definition should also appear in the parser header file to
2812 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2813
2814 In other words, in the @code{%code top} block above, all but the first two
2815 lines are dependency code required by the @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2816 definitions.
2817 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%code requires}:
2818
2819 @smallexample
2820 %code top @{
2821 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2822 #include <stdio.h>
2823 @}
2824
2825 %code requires @{
2826 #include "ptypes.h"
2827 @}
2828 %union @{
2829 long int n;
2830 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2831 @}
2832
2833 %code requires @{
2834 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2835 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2836 @{
2837 int first_line;
2838 int first_column;
2839 int last_line;
2840 int last_column;
2841 char *filename;
2842 @} YYLTYPE;
2843 @}
2844
2845 %code @{
2846 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2847 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2848 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2849 @}
2850
2851 @dots{}
2852 @end smallexample
2853
2854 @noindent
2855 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2856 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2857 definitions in both the parser source code file and the parser header file.
2858 (By the same reasoning, @code{%code requires} would also be the appropriate
2859 place to write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2860
2861 When you are writing dependency code for @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}, you
2862 should prefer @code{%code requires} over @code{%code top} regardless of whether
2863 you instruct Bison to generate a parser header file.
2864 When you are writing code that you need Bison to insert only into the parser
2865 source code file and that has no special need to appear at the top of that
2866 file, you should prefer the unqualified @code{%code} over @code{%code top}.
2867 These practices will make the purpose of each block of your code explicit to
2868 Bison and to other developers reading your grammar file.
2869 Following these practices, we expect the unqualified @code{%code} and
2870 @code{%code requires} to be the most important of the four @var{Prologue}
2871 alternatives.
2872
2873 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2874 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2875 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2876 header file and the parser source code file.
2877 Since this function is not a dependency required by @code{YYSTYPE} or
2878 @code{YYLTYPE}, it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2879 @code{%code requires}.
2880 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2881 @code{%code requires} is not sufficient.
2882 Instead, move its prototype from the unqualified @code{%code} to a
2883 @code{%code provides}:
2884
2885 @smallexample
2886 %code top @{
2887 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2888 #include <stdio.h>
2889 @}
2890
2891 %code requires @{
2892 #include "ptypes.h"
2893 @}
2894 %union @{
2895 long int n;
2896 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2897 @}
2898
2899 %code requires @{
2900 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2901 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2902 @{
2903 int first_line;
2904 int first_column;
2905 int last_line;
2906 int last_column;
2907 char *filename;
2908 @} YYLTYPE;
2909 @}
2910
2911 %code provides @{
2912 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2913 @}
2914
2915 %code @{
2916 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2917 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2918 @}
2919
2920 @dots{}
2921 @end smallexample
2922
2923 @noindent
2924 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2925 file and the parser source code file after the definitions for
2926 @code{yytokentype}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2927
2928 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2929 the layout of the generated parser source code and header files:
2930 @code{%code top}, @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, and then
2931 @code{%code}.
2932 While your grammar files may generally be easier to read if you also follow
2933 this order, Bison does not require it.
2934 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2935
2936 You may declare any of these directives multiple times in the grammar file.
2937 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2938 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2939 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2940
2941 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2942 organize your grammar file.
2943 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2944 type:
2945
2946 @smallexample
2947 %code requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2948 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2949 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2950 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2951
2952 %code requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2953 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2954 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2955 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2956 @end smallexample
2957
2958 @noindent
2959 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2960 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2961 type.
2962 (In the rules section, you must terminate each of those directives with a
2963 semicolon.)
2964 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2965 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2966 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2967 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2968
2969 This section has been concerned with explaining the advantages of the four
2970 @var{Prologue} alternatives over the original Yacc @var{Prologue}.
2971 However, in most cases when using these directives, you shouldn't need to
2972 think about all the low-level ordering issues discussed here.
2973 Instead, you should simply use these directives to label each block of your
2974 code according to its purpose and let Bison handle the ordering.
2975 @code{%code} is the most generic label.
2976 Move code to @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, or @code{%code top}
2977 as needed.
2978
2979 @node Bison Declarations
2980 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2981 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2982 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2983
2984 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2985 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2986 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2987 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2988
2989 @node Grammar Rules
2990 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2991 @cindex grammar rules section
2992 @cindex rules section for grammar
2993
2994 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2995 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2996
2997 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2998 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2999 if it is the first thing in the file.
3000
3001 @node Epilogue
3002 @subsection The epilogue
3003 @cindex additional C code section
3004 @cindex epilogue
3005 @cindex C code, section for additional
3006
3007 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
3008 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
3009 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
3010 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
3011 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
3012 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
3013 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
3014 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
3015 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
3016
3017 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
3018 from the grammar rules.
3019
3020 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
3021 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
3022 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
3023 of the grammar file.
3024
3025 @node Symbols
3026 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
3027 @cindex nonterminal symbol
3028 @cindex terminal symbol
3029 @cindex token type
3030 @cindex symbol
3031
3032 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
3033 of the language.
3034
3035 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
3036 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
3037 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
3038 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
3039 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
3040 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
3041 the symbol to stand for it.
3042
3043 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
3044 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
3045 By convention, it should be all lower case.
3046
3047 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
3048 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
3049
3050 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3051
3052 @itemize @bullet
3053 @item
3054 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3055 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3056 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3057 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3058
3059 @item
3060 @cindex character token
3061 @cindex literal token
3062 @cindex single-character literal
3063 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3064 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3065 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3066 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3067 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3068 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3069 ,Operator Precedence}).
3070
3071 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3072 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3073 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3074 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3075 your program will confuse other readers.
3076
3077 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3078 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3079 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3080 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3081 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3082 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3083 allowed.
3084
3085 @item
3086 @cindex string token
3087 @cindex literal string token
3088 @cindex multicharacter literal
3089 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3090 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3091 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3092 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3093 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3094
3095 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3096 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3097 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3098 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3099 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3100
3101 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3102
3103 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3104 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3105 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3106 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3107 read your program will be confused.
3108
3109 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3110 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3111 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3112 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3113 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3114 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3115 @end itemize
3116
3117 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3118 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3119 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3120
3121 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3122 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3123 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3124 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3125 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3126 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3127 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3128 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3129 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3130 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3131 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3132 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3133
3134 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3135 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3136 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3137 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3138 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3139
3140 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3141 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3142 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3143 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3144 characters in the following C-language string:
3145
3146 @example
3147 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3148 @end example
3149
3150 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3151 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3152 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3153 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3154 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3155 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3156 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3157 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3158 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3159 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3160 compiling them.
3161
3162 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3163 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3164 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3165 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3166 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3167
3168 @node Rules
3169 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3170 @cindex rule syntax
3171 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3172 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3173
3174 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3175
3176 @example
3177 @group
3178 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3179 ;
3180 @end group
3181 @end example
3182
3183 @noindent
3184 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3185 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3186 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3187
3188 For example,
3189
3190 @example
3191 @group
3192 exp: exp '+' exp
3193 ;
3194 @end group
3195 @end example
3196
3197 @noindent
3198 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3199 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3200
3201 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3202 extra white space as you wish.
3203
3204 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3205 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3206
3207 @example
3208 @{@var{C statements}@}
3209 @end example
3210
3211 @noindent
3212 @cindex braced code
3213 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3214 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3215 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3216 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3217 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3218
3219 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3220 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3221 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3222 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3223 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3224 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3225 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3226 character constants.
3227
3228 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3229 @xref{Actions}.
3230
3231 @findex |
3232 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3233 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3234
3235 @example
3236 @group
3237 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3238 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3239 @dots{}
3240 ;
3241 @end group
3242 @end example
3243
3244 @noindent
3245 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3246
3247 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3248 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3249 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3250
3251 @example
3252 @group
3253 expseq: /* empty */
3254 | expseq1
3255 ;
3256 @end group
3257
3258 @group
3259 expseq1: exp
3260 | expseq1 ',' exp
3261 ;
3262 @end group
3263 @end example
3264
3265 @noindent
3266 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3267 with no components.
3268
3269 @node Recursion
3270 @section Recursive Rules
3271 @cindex recursive rule
3272
3273 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3274 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3275 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3276 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3277 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3278
3279 @example
3280 @group
3281 expseq1: exp
3282 | expseq1 ',' exp
3283 ;
3284 @end group
3285 @end example
3286
3287 @cindex left recursion
3288 @cindex right recursion
3289 @noindent
3290 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3291 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3292 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3293
3294 @example
3295 @group
3296 expseq1: exp
3297 | exp ',' expseq1
3298 ;
3299 @end group
3300 @end example
3301
3302 @noindent
3303 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3304 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3305 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3306 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3307 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3308 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3309 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3310 of this.
3311
3312 @cindex mutual recursion
3313 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3314 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3315 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3316 side.
3317
3318 For example:
3319
3320 @example
3321 @group
3322 expr: primary
3323 | primary '+' primary
3324 ;
3325 @end group
3326
3327 @group
3328 primary: constant
3329 | '(' expr ')'
3330 ;
3331 @end group
3332 @end example
3333
3334 @noindent
3335 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3336 other.
3337
3338 @node Semantics
3339 @section Defining Language Semantics
3340 @cindex defining language semantics
3341 @cindex language semantics, defining
3342
3343 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3344 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3345 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3346
3347 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3348 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3349 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3350 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3351
3352 @menu
3353 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3354 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3355 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3356 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3357 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3358 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3359 action in the middle of a rule.
3360 @end menu
3361
3362 @node Value Type
3363 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3364 @cindex semantic value type
3365 @cindex value type, semantic
3366 @cindex data types of semantic values
3367 @cindex default data type
3368
3369 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3370 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3371 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3372 Notation Calculator}).
3373
3374 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3375 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3376 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3377
3378 @example
3379 #define YYSTYPE double
3380 @end example
3381
3382 @noindent
3383 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3384 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3385 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3386 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3387
3388 @node Multiple Types
3389 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3390
3391 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3392 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3393 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3394 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3395 symbol table.
3396
3397 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3398 requires you to do two things:
3399
3400 @itemize @bullet
3401 @item
3402 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3403 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3404 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3405 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3406 the type tags.
3407
3408 @item
3409 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3410 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3411 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3412 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3413 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3414 @end itemize
3415
3416 @node Actions
3417 @subsection Actions
3418 @cindex action
3419 @vindex $$
3420 @vindex $@var{n}
3421
3422 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3423 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3424 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3425 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3426
3427 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3428 placed at any position in the rule;
3429 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3430 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3431 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3432 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3433
3434 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3435 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3436 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3437 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3438 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3439 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3440 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3441
3442 Here is a typical example:
3443
3444 @example
3445 @group
3446 exp: @dots{}
3447 | exp '+' exp
3448 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3449 @end group
3450 @end example
3451
3452 @noindent
3453 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3454 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3455 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3456 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3457 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3458 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3459 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3460 referred to as @code{$2}.
3461
3462 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3463 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3464 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3465 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3466 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3467
3468 @example
3469 @group
3470 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3471 @end group
3472 @end example
3473
3474 @cindex default action
3475 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3476 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3477 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3478 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3479 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3480 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3481
3482 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3483 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3484 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3485 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3486 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3487
3488 @example
3489 @group
3490 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3491 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3492 ;
3493 @end group
3494
3495 @group
3496 bar: /* empty */
3497 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3498 ;
3499 @end group
3500 @end example
3501
3502 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3503 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3504 definition of @code{foo}.
3505
3506 @vindex yylval
3507 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3508 any, from a semantic action.
3509 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3510 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3511
3512 @node Action Types
3513 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3514 @cindex action data types
3515 @cindex data types in actions
3516
3517 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3518 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3519
3520 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3521 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3522 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3523 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3524 in the rule. In this example,
3525
3526 @example
3527 @group
3528 exp: @dots{}
3529 | exp '+' exp
3530 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3531 @end group
3532 @end example
3533
3534 @noindent
3535 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3536 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3537 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3538 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3539
3540 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3541 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3542 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3543
3544 @example
3545 @group
3546 %union @{
3547 int itype;
3548 double dtype;
3549 @}
3550 @end group
3551 @end example
3552
3553 @noindent
3554 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3555 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3556
3557 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3558 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3559 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3560 @cindex mid-rule actions
3561
3562 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3563 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3564 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3565
3566 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3567 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3568 it is run before they are parsed.
3569
3570 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3571 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3572 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3573 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3574 @code{$@var{n}}.
3575
3576 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3577 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3578 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3579 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3580 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3581 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3582
3583 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3584 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3585 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3586 at the end of the rule.
3587
3588 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3589 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3590 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3591 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3592 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3593 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3594
3595 @example
3596 @group
3597 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3598 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3599 declare_variable ($3); @}
3600 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3601 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3602 @end group
3603 @end example
3604
3605 @noindent
3606 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3607 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3608 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3609 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3610 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3611 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3612 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3613 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3614
3615 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3616 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3617 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3618 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3619 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3620
3621 @findex %destructor
3622 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3623 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3624 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3625 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3626 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3627 restoring it.
3628 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3629 Discarded Symbols}).
3630 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3631 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3632
3633 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3634 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3635
3636 @example
3637 @group
3638 %type <context> let
3639 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3640
3641 %%
3642
3643 stmt: let stmt
3644 @{ $$ = $2;
3645 pop_context ($1); @}
3646 ;
3647
3648 let: LET '(' var ')'
3649 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3650 declare_variable ($3); @}
3651 ;
3652
3653 @end group
3654 @end example
3655
3656 @noindent
3657 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3658 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3659 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3660
3661 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3662 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3663 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3664 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3665 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3666 declaration or not:
3667
3668 @example
3669 @group
3670 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3671 | '@{' statements '@}'
3672 ;
3673 @end group
3674 @end example
3675
3676 @noindent
3677 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3678
3679 @example
3680 @group
3681 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3682 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3683 @end group
3684 @group
3685 | '@{' statements '@}'
3686 ;
3687 @end group
3688 @end example
3689
3690 @noindent
3691 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3692 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3693 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3694 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3695 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3696 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3697
3698 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3699 actions into the two rules, like this:
3700
3701 @example
3702 @group
3703 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3704 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3705 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3706 '@{' statements '@}'
3707 ;
3708 @end group
3709 @end example
3710
3711 @noindent
3712 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3713 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3714
3715 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3716 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3717 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3718
3719 @example
3720 @group
3721 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3722 declarations statements '@}'
3723 | '@{' statements '@}'
3724 ;
3725 @end group
3726 @end example
3727
3728 @noindent
3729 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3730 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3731
3732 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3733 serves as a subroutine:
3734
3735 @example
3736 @group
3737 subroutine: /* empty */
3738 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3739 ;
3740
3741 @end group
3742
3743 @group
3744 compound: subroutine
3745 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3746 | subroutine
3747 '@{' statements '@}'
3748 ;
3749 @end group
3750 @end example
3751
3752 @noindent
3753 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3754 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3755
3756 @node Locations
3757 @section Tracking Locations
3758 @cindex location
3759 @cindex textual location
3760 @cindex location, textual
3761
3762 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3763 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3764 especially symbol locations.
3765
3766 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3767 actions to take when rules are matched.
3768
3769 @menu
3770 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3771 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3772 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3773 @end menu
3774
3775 @node Location Type
3776 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3777 @cindex data type of locations
3778 @cindex default location type
3779
3780 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3781 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3782
3783 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3784 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3785 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3786 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3787 four members:
3788
3789 @example
3790 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3791 @{
3792 int first_line;
3793 int first_column;
3794 int last_line;
3795 int last_column;
3796 @} YYLTYPE;
3797 @end example
3798
3799 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3800 for @code{yylloc}.
3801
3802 @node Actions and Locations
3803 @subsection Actions and Locations
3804 @cindex location actions
3805 @cindex actions, location
3806 @vindex @@$
3807 @vindex @@@var{n}
3808
3809 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3810 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3811
3812 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3813 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3814 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3815 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3816 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3817 @code{@@$}.
3818
3819 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3820
3821 @example
3822 @group
3823 exp: @dots{}
3824 | exp '/' exp
3825 @{
3826 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3827 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3828 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3829 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3830 if ($3)
3831 $$ = $1 / $3;
3832 else
3833 @{
3834 $$ = 1;
3835 fprintf (stderr,
3836 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3837 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3838 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3839 @}
3840 @}
3841 @end group
3842 @end example
3843
3844 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3845 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3846 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3847 last symbol.
3848
3849 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3850 example above simply rewrites this way:
3851
3852 @example
3853 @group
3854 exp: @dots{}
3855 | exp '/' exp
3856 @{
3857 if ($3)
3858 $$ = $1 / $3;
3859 else
3860 @{
3861 $$ = 1;
3862 fprintf (stderr,
3863 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3864 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3865 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3866 @}
3867 @}
3868 @end group
3869 @end example
3870
3871 @vindex yylloc
3872 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3873 from a semantic action.
3874 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3875 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3876
3877 @node Location Default Action
3878 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3879 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3880 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3881
3882 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3883 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3884 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3885 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3886 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3887 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3888 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3889 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3890 of that ambiguity.
3891
3892 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3893 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3894
3895 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3896 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3897 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3898 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3899 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3900 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3901 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3902 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3903 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3904 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3905
3906 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3907
3908 @smallexample
3909 @group
3910 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3911 do \
3912 if (N) \
3913 @{ \
3914 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3915 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3916 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3917 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3918 @} \
3919 else \
3920 @{ \
3921 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3922 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3923 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3924 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3925 @} \
3926 while (0)
3927 @end group
3928 @end smallexample
3929
3930 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3931 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3932 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3933
3934 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3935
3936 @itemize @bullet
3937 @item
3938 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3939 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3940
3941 @item
3942 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3943 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3944 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3945 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3946
3947 @item
3948 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3949 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3950 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3951 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3952 @end itemize
3953
3954 @node Declarations
3955 @section Bison Declarations
3956 @cindex declarations, Bison
3957 @cindex Bison declarations
3958
3959 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3960 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3961 @xref{Symbols}.
3962
3963 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3964 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3965 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3966 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3967
3968 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3969 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3970 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3971 Grammars}).
3972
3973 @menu
3974 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3975 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3976 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3977 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3978 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3979 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3980 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3981 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3982 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3983 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3984 * Push Decl:: Requesting a push parser.
3985 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3986 @end menu
3987
3988 @node Require Decl
3989 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3990 @cindex version requirement
3991 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3992 @findex %require
3993
3994 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3995 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3996 status 63).
3997
3998 @example
3999 %require "@var{version}"
4000 @end example
4001
4002 @node Token Decl
4003 @subsection Token Type Names
4004 @cindex declaring token type names
4005 @cindex token type names, declaring
4006 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
4007 @findex %token
4008
4009 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
4010
4011 @example
4012 %token @var{name}
4013 @end example
4014
4015 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
4016 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
4017 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
4018
4019 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
4020 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
4021 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
4022 Precedence}.
4023
4024 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
4025 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
4026 following the token name:
4027
4028 @example
4029 %token NUM 300
4030 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
4031 @end example
4032
4033 @noindent
4034 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
4035 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
4036 with each other or with normal characters.
4037
4038 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
4039 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
4040 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
4041 Than One Value Type}).
4042
4043 For example:
4044
4045 @example
4046 @group
4047 %union @{ /* define stack type */
4048 double val;
4049 symrec *tptr;
4050 @}
4051 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4052 @end group
4053 @end example
4054
4055 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4056 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4057 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4058
4059 @example
4060 %token arrow "=>"
4061 @end example
4062
4063 @noindent
4064 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4065 equivalent literal string tokens:
4066
4067 @example
4068 %token <operator> OR "||"
4069 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4070 %left OR "<="
4071 @end example
4072
4073 @noindent
4074 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4075 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4076 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4077 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4078
4079 @node Precedence Decl
4080 @subsection Operator Precedence
4081 @cindex precedence declarations
4082 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4083 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4084
4085 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
4086 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4087 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4088 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4089 operator precedence.
4090
4091 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
4092 @code{%token}: either
4093
4094 @example
4095 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4096 @end example
4097
4098 @noindent
4099 or
4100
4101 @example
4102 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4103 @end example
4104
4105 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4106 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4107 all the @var{symbols}:
4108
4109 @itemize @bullet
4110 @item
4111 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4112 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4113 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4114 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4115 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4116 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4117 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4118 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4119 considered a syntax error.
4120
4121 @item
4122 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4123 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4124 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4125 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4126 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4127 @end itemize
4128
4129 @node Union Decl
4130 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4131 @cindex declaring value types
4132 @cindex value types, declaring
4133 @findex %union
4134
4135 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4136 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4137 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4138 @code{union} in C@.
4139
4140 For example:
4141
4142 @example
4143 @group
4144 %union @{
4145 double val;
4146 symrec *tptr;
4147 @}
4148 @end group
4149 @end example
4150
4151 @noindent
4152 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4153 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4154 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4155 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4156
4157 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4158 @code{union}. For example:
4159
4160 @example
4161 @group
4162 %union value @{
4163 double val;
4164 symrec *tptr;
4165 @}
4166 @end group
4167 @end example
4168
4169 @noindent
4170 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4171 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4172 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4173
4174 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4175 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4176 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4177
4178 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4179 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4180
4181 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4182 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4183 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4184 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4185
4186 @example
4187 @group
4188 union YYSTYPE @{
4189 double val;
4190 symrec *tptr;
4191 @};
4192 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4193 @end group
4194 @end example
4195
4196 @noindent
4197 and then your grammar can use the following
4198 instead of @code{%union}:
4199
4200 @example
4201 @group
4202 %@{
4203 #include "parser.h"
4204 %@}
4205 %type <val> expr
4206 %token <tptr> ID
4207 @end group
4208 @end example
4209
4210 @node Type Decl
4211 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4212 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4213 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4214 @findex %type
4215
4216 @noindent
4217 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4218 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4219 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4220
4221 @example
4222 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4223 @end example
4224
4225 @noindent
4226 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4227 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4228 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4229 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4230 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4231 the symbol names.
4232
4233 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4234 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4235 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4236 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4237
4238 @node Initial Action Decl
4239 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4240 @findex %initial-action
4241
4242 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4243 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4244 code.
4245
4246 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4247 @findex %initial-action
4248 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4249 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4250 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4251 @code{%parse-param}.
4252 @end deffn
4253
4254 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4255
4256 @example
4257 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4258 %initial-action
4259 @{
4260 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4261 @};
4262 @end example
4263
4264
4265 @node Destructor Decl
4266 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4267 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4268 @findex %destructor
4269 @findex <*>
4270 @findex <>
4271 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4272 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4273 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4274 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4275 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4276 must discard the start symbol.
4277
4278 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4279 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4280 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4281 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4282
4283 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4284 symbol is automatically discarded.
4285
4286 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4287 @findex %destructor
4288 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4289 @var{symbols}.
4290 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4291 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4292 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4293 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4294
4295 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4296 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4297 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4298 tag among @var{symbols}.
4299 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4300 grammar symbol that has that semantic type tag unless that symbol has its own
4301 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4302
4303 Finally, you can define two different kinds of default @code{%destructor}s.
4304 (These default forms are experimental.
4305 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
4306 features.)
4307 You can place each of @code{<*>} and @code{<>} in the @var{symbols} list of
4308 exactly one @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4309 The parser will invoke the @var{code} associated with one of these whenever it
4310 discards any user-defined grammar symbol that has no per-symbol and no per-type
4311 @code{%destructor}.
4312 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<*>} in the case of such a grammar
4313 symbol for which you have formally declared a semantic type tag (@code{%type}
4314 counts as such a declaration, but @code{$<tag>$} does not).
4315 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<>} in the case of such a grammar
4316 symbol that has no declared semantic type tag.
4317 @end deffn
4318
4319 @noindent
4320 For example:
4321
4322 @smallexample
4323 %union @{ char *string; @}
4324 %token <string> STRING1
4325 %token <string> STRING2
4326 %type <string> string1
4327 %type <string> string2
4328 %union @{ char character; @}
4329 %token <character> CHR
4330 %type <character> chr
4331 %token TAGLESS
4332
4333 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4334 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} <*>
4335 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4336 %destructor @{ printf ("Discarding tagless symbol.\n"); @} <>
4337 @end smallexample
4338
4339 @noindent
4340 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4341 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4342 to @code{free} by default.
4343 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4344 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4345 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4346 @code{free} only once.
4347 Finally, the parser merely prints a message whenever it discards any symbol,
4348 such as @code{TAGLESS}, that has no semantic type tag.
4349
4350 A Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}s only for
4351 user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4352 For example, the parser will not invoke either kind of default
4353 @code{%destructor} for the special Bison-defined symbols @code{$accept},
4354 @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}),
4355 none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4356 It also will not invoke either for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of
4357 Symbols, ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you
4358 reference it in your grammar.
4359 However, it may invoke one of them for the end token (token 0) if you
4360 redefine it from @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4361
4362 @smallexample
4363 %token END 0
4364 @end smallexample
4365
4366 @cindex actions in mid-rule
4367 @cindex mid-rule actions
4368 Finally, Bison will never invoke a @code{%destructor} for an unreferenced
4369 mid-rule semantic value (@pxref{Mid-Rule Actions,,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
4370 That is, Bison does not consider a mid-rule to have a semantic value if you do
4371 not reference @code{$$} in the mid-rule's action or @code{$@var{n}} (where
4372 @var{n} is the RHS symbol position of the mid-rule) in any later action in that
4373 rule.
4374 However, if you do reference either, the Bison-generated parser will invoke the
4375 @code{<>} @code{%destructor} whenever it discards the mid-rule symbol.
4376
4377 @ignore
4378 @noindent
4379 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4380 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4381 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4382 @end ignore
4383
4384 @sp 1
4385
4386 @cindex discarded symbols
4387 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4388
4389 @itemize
4390 @item
4391 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4392 @item
4393 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4394 @item
4395 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4396 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4397 @item
4398 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4399 @end itemize
4400
4401 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4402 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4403 exhaustion.
4404
4405 Right-hand side symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4406 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4407 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4408 the memory.
4409
4410 @node Expect Decl
4411 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4412 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4413 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4414 @cindex warnings, preventing
4415 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4416 @findex %expect
4417 @findex %expect-rr
4418
4419 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4420 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4421 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4422 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4423 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4424 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4425
4426 The declaration looks like this:
4427
4428 @example
4429 %expect @var{n}
4430 @end example
4431
4432 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4433 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4434 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4435 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4436
4437 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4438 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4439 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4440 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4441 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4442 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4443 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4444
4445 @example
4446 %expect-rr @var{n}
4447 @end example
4448
4449 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4450
4451 @itemize @bullet
4452 @item
4453 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4454 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4455 print the number of conflicts.
4456
4457 @item
4458 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4459 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4460 go back to the beginning.
4461
4462 @item
4463 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4464 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4465 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4466 @end itemize
4467
4468 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4469 will keep silent otherwise.
4470
4471 @node Start Decl
4472 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4473 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4474 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4475 @cindex default start symbol
4476 @findex %start
4477
4478 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4479 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4480 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4481
4482 @example
4483 %start @var{symbol}
4484 @end example
4485
4486 @node Pure Decl
4487 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4488 @cindex reentrant parser
4489 @cindex pure parser
4490 @findex %pure-parser
4491
4492 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4493 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4494 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4495 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4496 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4497 program must be called only within interlocks.
4498
4499 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4500 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4501 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4502 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4503 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4504
4505 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4506 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4507 reentrant. It looks like this:
4508
4509 @example
4510 %pure-parser
4511 @end example
4512
4513 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4514 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4515 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4516 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4517 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs}
4518 becomes local in @code{yyparse} in pull mode but it becomes a member
4519 of yypstate in push mode. (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4520 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4521 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4522
4523 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4524 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4525 valid grammar.
4526
4527 @node Push Decl
4528 @subsection A Push Parser
4529 @cindex push parser
4530 @cindex push parser
4531 @findex %define push_pull
4532
4533 A pull parser is called once and it takes control until all its input
4534 is completely parsed. A push parser, on the other hand, is called
4535 each time a new token is made available.
4536
4537 A push parser is typically useful when the parser is part of a
4538 main event loop in the client's application. This is typically
4539 a requirement of a GUI, when the main event loop needs to be triggered
4540 within a certain time period.
4541
4542 Normally, Bison generates a pull parser.
4543 The following Bison declaration says that you want the parser to be a push
4544 parser (@pxref{Decl Summary,,%define push_pull}):
4545
4546 @example
4547 %define push_pull "push"
4548 @end example
4549
4550 In almost all cases, you want to ensure that your push parser is also
4551 a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}). The only
4552 time you should create an impure push parser is to have backwards
4553 compatibility with the impure Yacc pull mode interface. Unless you know
4554 what you are doing, your declarations should look like this:
4555
4556 @example
4557 %pure-parser
4558 %define push_pull "push"
4559 @end example
4560
4561 There is a major notable functional difference between the pure push parser
4562 and the impure push parser. It is acceptable for a pure push parser to have
4563 many parser instances, of the same type of parser, in memory at the same time.
4564 An impure push parser should only use one parser at a time.
4565
4566 When a push parser is selected, Bison will generate some new symbols in
4567 the generated parser. @code{yypstate} is a structure that the generated
4568 parser uses to store the parser's state. @code{yypstate_new} is the
4569 function that will create a new parser instance. @code{yypstate_delete}
4570 will free the resources associated with the corresponding parser instance.
4571 Finally, @code{yypush_parse} is the function that should be called whenever a
4572 token is available to provide the parser. A trivial example
4573 of using a pure push parser would look like this:
4574
4575 @example
4576 int status;
4577 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4578 do @{
4579 status = yypush_parse (ps, yylex (), NULL);
4580 @} while (status == YYPUSH_MORE);
4581 yypstate_delete (ps);
4582 @end example
4583
4584 If the user decided to use an impure push parser, a few things about
4585 the generated parser will change. The @code{yychar} variable becomes
4586 a global variable instead of a variable in the @code{yypush_parse} function.
4587 For this reason, the signature of the @code{yypush_parse} function is
4588 changed to remove the token as a parameter. A nonreentrant push parser
4589 example would thus look like this:
4590
4591 @example
4592 extern int yychar;
4593 int status;
4594 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4595 do @{
4596 yychar = yylex ();
4597 status = yypush_parse (ps);
4598 @} while (status == YYPUSH_MORE);
4599 yypstate_delete (ps);
4600 @end example
4601
4602 That's it. Notice the next token is put into the global variable @code{yychar}
4603 for use by the next invocation of the @code{yypush_parse} function.
4604
4605 Bison also supports both the push parser interface along with the pull parser
4606 interface in the same generated parser. In order to get this functionality,
4607 you should replace the @code{%define push_pull "push"} declaration with the
4608 @code{%define push_pull "both"} declaration. Doing this will create all of the
4609 symbols mentioned earlier along with the two extra symbols, @code{yyparse}
4610 and @code{yypull_parse}. @code{yyparse} can be used exactly as it normally
4611 would be used. However, the user should note that it is implemented in the
4612 generated parser by calling @code{yypull_parse}.
4613 This makes the @code{yyparse} function that is generated with the
4614 @code{%define push_pull "both"} declaration slower than the normal
4615 @code{yyparse} function. If the user
4616 calls the @code{yypull_parse} function it will parse the rest of the input
4617 stream. It is possible to @code{yypush_parse} tokens to select a subgrammar
4618 and then @code{yypull_parse} the rest of the input stream. If you would like
4619 to switch back and forth between between parsing styles, you would have to
4620 write your own @code{yypull_parse} function that knows when to quit looking
4621 for input. An example of using the @code{yypull_parse} function would look
4622 like this:
4623
4624 @example
4625 yypstate *ps = yypstate_new ();
4626 yypull_parse (ps); /* Will call the lexer */
4627 yypstate_delete (ps);
4628 @end example
4629
4630 Adding the @code{%pure-parser} declaration does exactly the same thing to the
4631 generated parser with @code{%define push_pull "both"} as it did for
4632 @code{%define push_pull "push"}.
4633
4634 @node Decl Summary
4635 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4636 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4637 @cindex declaration summary
4638 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4639
4640 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4641
4642 @deffn {Directive} %union
4643 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4644 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4645 @end deffn
4646
4647 @deffn {Directive} %token
4648 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4649 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4650 @end deffn
4651
4652 @deffn {Directive} %right
4653 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4654 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4655 @end deffn
4656
4657 @deffn {Directive} %left
4658 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4659 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4660 @end deffn
4661
4662 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4663 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4664 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4665 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4666 @end deffn
4667
4668 @ifset defaultprec
4669 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4670 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4671 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4672 @end deffn
4673 @end ifset
4674
4675 @deffn {Directive} %type
4676 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4677 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4678 @end deffn
4679
4680 @deffn {Directive} %start
4681 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4682 Start-Symbol}).
4683 @end deffn
4684
4685 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4686 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4687 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4688 @end deffn
4689
4690
4691 @sp 1
4692 @noindent
4693 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4694 directives:
4695
4696 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
4697 @findex %code
4698 This is the unqualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4699 It inserts @var{code} verbatim at a language-dependent default location in the
4700 output@footnote{The default location is actually skeleton-dependent;
4701 writers of non-standard skeletons however should choose the default location
4702 consistently with the behavior of the standard Bison skeletons.}.
4703
4704 @cindex Prologue
4705 For C/C++, the default location is the parser source code
4706 file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
4707 Thus, @code{%code} replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
4708 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
4709 For a detailed discussion, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4710
4711 For Java, the default location is inside the parser class.
4712
4713 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4714 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4715 feature.)
4716 @end deffn
4717
4718 @deffn {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
4719 This is the qualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4720 If you need to specify location-sensitive verbatim @var{code} that does not
4721 belong at the default location selected by the unqualified @code{%code} form,
4722 use this form instead.
4723
4724 @var{qualifier} identifies the purpose of @var{code} and thus the location(s)
4725 where Bison should generate it.
4726 Not all values of @var{qualifier} are available for all target languages:
4727
4728 @itemize @bullet
4729 @item requires
4730 @findex %code requires
4731
4732 @itemize @bullet
4733 @item Language(s): C, C++
4734
4735 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write dependency code required for
4736 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}.
4737 In other words, it's the best place to define types referenced in @code{%union}
4738 directives, and it's the best place to override Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE}
4739 and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4740
4741 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file
4742 before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4743 @end itemize
4744
4745 @item provides
4746 @findex %code provides
4747
4748 @itemize @bullet
4749 @item Language(s): C, C++
4750
4751 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write additional definitions and
4752 declarations that should be provided to other modules.
4753
4754 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file after
4755 the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and token definitions.
4756 @end itemize
4757
4758 @item top
4759 @findex %code top
4760
4761 @itemize @bullet
4762 @item Language(s): C, C++
4763
4764 @item Purpose: The unqualified @code{%code} or @code{%code requires} should
4765 usually be more appropriate than @code{%code top}.
4766 However, occasionally it is necessary to insert code much nearer the top of the
4767 parser source code file.
4768 For example:
4769
4770 @smallexample
4771 %code top @{
4772 #define _GNU_SOURCE
4773 #include <stdio.h>
4774 @}
4775 @end smallexample
4776
4777 @item Location(s): Near the top of the parser source code file.
4778 @end itemize
4779
4780 @item imports
4781 @findex %code imports
4782
4783 @itemize @bullet
4784 @item Language(s): Java
4785
4786 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write Java import directives.
4787
4788 @item Location(s): The parser Java file after any Java package directive and
4789 before any class definitions.
4790 @end itemize
4791 @end itemize
4792
4793 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4794 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4795 feature.)
4796
4797 @cindex Prologue
4798 For a detailed discussion of how to use @code{%code} in place of the
4799 traditional Yacc prologue for C/C++, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4800 @end deffn
4801
4802 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4803 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4804 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4805 @end deffn
4806 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4807
4808 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{variable}
4809 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{variable} "@var{value}"
4810 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
4811 The possible choices for @var{variable}, as well as their meanings, depend on
4812 the selected target language and/or the parser skeleton (@pxref{Decl
4813 Summary,,%language}).
4814
4815 Bison will warn if a @var{variable} is defined multiple times.
4816
4817 Omitting @code{"@var{value}"} is always equivalent to specifying it as
4818 @code{""}.
4819
4820 Some @var{variable}s may be used as Booleans.
4821 In this case, Bison will complain if the variable definition does not meet one
4822 of the following four conditions:
4823
4824 @enumerate
4825 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"true"}
4826
4827 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is omitted (or is @code{""}).
4828 This is equivalent to @code{"true"}.
4829
4830 @item @code{"@var{value}"} is @code{"false"}.
4831
4832 @item @var{variable} is never defined.
4833 In this case, Bison selects a default value, which may depend on the selected
4834 target language and/or parser skeleton.
4835 @end enumerate
4836
4837 Some of the accepted @var{variable}s are:
4838
4839 @itemize @bullet
4840 @item push_pull
4841 @findex %define push_pull
4842
4843 @itemize @bullet
4844 @item Language(s): C (LALR(1) only)
4845
4846 @item Purpose: Requests a pull parser, a push parser, or both.
4847 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
4848
4849 @item Accepted Values: @code{"pull"}, @code{"push"}, @code{"both"}
4850
4851 @item Default Value: @code{"pull"}
4852 @end itemize
4853
4854 @item namespace
4855 @findex %define namespace
4856
4857 @itemize
4858 @item Languages(s): C++
4859
4860 @item Purpose: Specifies the namespace for the parser class.
4861 For example, if you specify:
4862
4863 @smallexample
4864 %define namespace "foo::bar"
4865 @end smallexample
4866
4867 Bison uses @code{foo::bar} verbatim in references such as:
4868
4869 @smallexample
4870 foo::bar::parser::semantic_type
4871 @end smallexample
4872
4873 However, to open a namespace, Bison removes any leading @code{::} and then
4874 splits on any remaining occurrences:
4875
4876 @smallexample
4877 namespace foo @{ namespace bar @{
4878 class position;
4879 class location;
4880 @} @}
4881 @end smallexample
4882
4883 @item Accepted Values: Any absolute or relative C++ namespace reference without
4884 a trailing @code{"::"}.
4885 For example, @code{"foo"} or @code{"::foo::bar"}.
4886
4887 @item Default Value: The value specified by @code{%name-prefix}, which defaults
4888 to @code{yy}.
4889 This usage of @code{%name-prefix} is for backward compatibility and can be
4890 confusing since @code{%name-prefix} also specifies the textual prefix for the
4891 lexical analyzer function.
4892 Thus, if you specify @code{%name-prefix}, it is best to also specify
4893 @code{%define namespace} so that @code{%name-prefix} @emph{only} affects the
4894 lexical analyzer function.
4895 For example, if you specify:
4896
4897 @smallexample
4898 %define namespace "foo"
4899 %name-prefix "bar::"
4900 @end smallexample
4901
4902 The parser namespace is @code{foo} and @code{yylex} is referenced as
4903 @code{bar::lex}.
4904 @end itemize
4905 @end itemize
4906
4907 @end deffn
4908
4909 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4910 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4911 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4912 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4913 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4914
4915 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4916 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4917 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4918 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4919 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4920 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4921 or type definition
4922 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4923 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4924 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4925 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4926
4927 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4928 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4929 Parser}.
4930
4931 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4932 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4933 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4934 Locations}.
4935
4936 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4937 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4938 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4939 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4940 Tokens}.
4941
4942 @findex %code requires
4943 @findex %code provides
4944 If you have declared @code{%code requires} or @code{%code provides}, the output
4945 header also contains their code.
4946 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
4947 @end deffn
4948
4949 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
4950 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
4951 @end deffn
4952
4953 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4954 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4955 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4956 @end deffn
4957
4958 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4959 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4960 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4961 @end deffn
4962
4963 @deffn {Directive} %language "@var{language}"
4964 Specify the programming language for the generated parser. Currently
4965 supported languages include C and C++.
4966 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
4967 @end deffn
4968
4969 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4970 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4971 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4972 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4973 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4974 accurate syntax error messages.
4975 @end deffn
4976
4977 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4978 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4979 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4980 in C parsers
4981 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4982 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4983 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. If you use a push parser,
4984 @code{yypush_parse}, @code{yypull_parse}, @code{yypstate},
4985 @code{yypstate_new} and @code{yypstate_delete} will
4986 also be renamed. For example, if you use @samp{%name-prefix "c_"}, the
4987 names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex}, and so on.
4988 For C++ parsers, see the @code{%define namespace} documentation in this
4989 section.
4990 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4991 @end deffn
4992
4993 @ifset defaultprec
4994 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4995 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4996 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4997 Precedence}).
4998 @end deffn
4999 @end ifset
5000
5001 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
5002 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
5003 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
5004 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
5005 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
5006 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
5007 file in its own right.
5008 @end deffn
5009
5010 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
5011 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
5012 @end deffn
5013
5014 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
5015 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
5016 (Reentrant) Parser}).
5017 @end deffn
5018
5019 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
5020 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
5021 Require a Version of Bison}.
5022 @end deffn
5023
5024 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton "@var{file}"
5025 Specify the skeleton to use.
5026
5027 You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
5028 You should use @code{%language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
5029 different language, because it is clearer and because it will always choose the
5030 correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
5031
5032 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
5033 file in the Bison installation directory.
5034 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
5035 directory of the grammar file.
5036 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
5037 @end deffn
5038
5039 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
5040 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
5041 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
5042 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
5043 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
5044 @code{"$end"},
5045 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
5046 defined in the grammar file.
5047
5048 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
5049 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
5050 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
5051 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
5052 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
5053 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
5054 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
5055 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
5056
5057 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
5058 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
5059 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
5060
5061 @table @code
5062 @item YYNTOKENS
5063 The highest token number, plus one.
5064 @item YYNNTS
5065 The number of nonterminal symbols.
5066 @item YYNRULES
5067 The number of grammar rules,
5068 @item YYNSTATES
5069 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
5070 @end table
5071 @end deffn
5072
5073 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
5074 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
5075 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
5076 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
5077 information.
5078 @end deffn
5079
5080 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
5081 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
5082 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
5083 @end deffn
5084
5085
5086 @node Multiple Parsers
5087 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
5088
5089 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
5090 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
5091 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
5092 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
5093
5094 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
5095 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
5096 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
5097 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
5098 names that do not conflict.
5099
5100 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
5101 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
5102 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. If you use a push parser,
5103 @code{yypush_parse}, @code{yypull_parse}, @code{yypstate},
5104 @code{yypstate_new} and @code{yypstate_delete} will also be renamed.
5105 For example, if you use @samp{-p c}, the names become @code{cparse},
5106 @code{clex}, and so on.
5107
5108 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
5109 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
5110 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
5111 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
5112 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
5113
5114 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
5115 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
5116 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
5117 name for the other in the entire parser file.
5118
5119 @node Interface
5120 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
5121 @cindex C-language interface
5122 @cindex interface
5123
5124 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
5125 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
5126 functions that it needs to use.
5127
5128 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
5129 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
5130 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
5131 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
5132
5133 @menu
5134 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
5135 * Push Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypush_parse} and what it returns.
5136 * Pull Parser Function:: How to call @code{yypull_parse} and what it returns.
5137 * Parser Create Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_new} and what it
5138 returns.
5139 * Parser Delete Function:: How to call @code{yypstate_delete} and what it
5140 returns.
5141 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
5142 which reads tokens.
5143 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
5144 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
5145 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
5146 native language.
5147 @end menu
5148
5149 @node Parser Function
5150 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
5151 @findex yyparse
5152
5153 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
5154 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
5155 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
5156 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
5157 without reading further.
5158
5159
5160 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
5161 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
5162 is due to end-of-input).
5163
5164 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
5165 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
5166 invoked.
5167
5168 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
5169 @end deftypefun
5170
5171 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
5172 these macros:
5173
5174 @defmac YYACCEPT
5175 @findex YYACCEPT
5176 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
5177 @end defmac
5178
5179 @defmac YYABORT
5180 @findex YYABORT
5181 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
5182 @end defmac
5183
5184 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
5185 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
5186 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
5187
5188 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5189 @findex %parse-param
5190 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
5191 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
5192 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
5193 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
5194 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
5195 @end deffn
5196
5197 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
5198
5199 @example
5200 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5201 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5202 @end example
5203
5204 @noindent
5205 Then call the parser like this:
5206
5207 @example
5208 @{
5209 int nastiness, randomness;
5210 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
5211 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
5212 @dots{}
5213 @}
5214 @end example
5215
5216 @noindent
5217 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
5218
5219 @example
5220 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
5221 @end example
5222
5223 @node Push Parser Function
5224 @section The Push Parser Function @code{yypush_parse}
5225 @findex yypush_parse
5226
5227 You call the function @code{yypush_parse} to parse a single token. This
5228 function is available if either the @code{%define push_pull "push"} or
5229 @code{%define push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5230 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5231
5232 @deftypefun int yypush_parse (yypstate *yyps)
5233 The value returned by @code{yypush_parse} is the same as for yyparse with the
5234 following exception. @code{yypush_parse} will return YYPUSH_MORE if more input
5235 is required to finish parsing the grammar.
5236 @end deftypefun
5237
5238 @node Pull Parser Function
5239 @section The Pull Parser Function @code{yypull_parse}
5240 @findex yypull_parse
5241
5242 You call the function @code{yypull_parse} to parse the rest of the input
5243 stream. This function is available if the @code{%define push_pull "both"}
5244 declaration is used.
5245 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5246
5247 @deftypefun int yypull_parse (yypstate *yyps)
5248 The value returned by @code{yypull_parse} is the same as for @code{yyparse}.
5249 @end deftypefun
5250
5251 @node Parser Create Function
5252 @section The Parser Create Function @code{yystate_new}
5253 @findex yypstate_new
5254
5255 You call the function @code{yypstate_new} to create a new parser instance.
5256 This function is available if either the @code{%define push_pull "push"} or
5257 @code{%define push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5258 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5259
5260 @deftypefun yypstate *yypstate_new (void)
5261 The fuction will return a valid parser instance if there was memory available
5262 or NULL if no memory was available.
5263 @end deftypefun
5264
5265 @node Parser Delete Function
5266 @section The Parser Delete Function @code{yystate_delete}
5267 @findex yypstate_delete
5268
5269 You call the function @code{yypstate_delete} to delete a parser instance.
5270 function is available if either the @code{%define push_pull "push"} or
5271 @code{%define push_pull "both"} declaration is used.
5272 @xref{Push Decl, ,A Push Parser}.
5273
5274 @deftypefun void yypstate_delete (yypstate *yyps)
5275 This function will reclaim the memory associated with a parser instance.
5276 After this call, you should no longer attempt to use the parser instance.
5277 @end deftypefun
5278
5279 @node Lexical
5280 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
5281 @findex yylex
5282 @cindex lexical analyzer
5283
5284 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
5285 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
5286 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
5287 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
5288
5289 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
5290 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
5291 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
5292 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
5293 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
5294 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
5295 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
5296
5297 @menu
5298 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
5299 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
5300 of the token it has read.
5301 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
5302 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
5303 actions want that.
5304 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
5305 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
5306 @end menu
5307
5308 @node Calling Convention
5309 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
5310
5311 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
5312 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
5313 signifies end-of-input.
5314
5315 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
5316 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
5317 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
5318 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
5319
5320 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
5321 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
5322 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
5323 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
5324 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
5325 signifies end-of-input.
5326
5327 Here is an example showing these things:
5328
5329 @example
5330 int
5331 yylex (void)
5332 @{
5333 @dots{}
5334 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
5335 return 0;
5336 @dots{}
5337 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
5338 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
5339 @dots{}
5340 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5341 @dots{}
5342 @}
5343 @end example
5344
5345 @noindent
5346 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
5347 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
5348
5349 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
5350 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
5351
5352 @itemize @bullet
5353 @item
5354 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
5355 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
5356 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
5357 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
5358
5359 @item
5360 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
5361 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
5362 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
5363 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
5364 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
5365 to Bison.
5366
5367 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
5368 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
5369 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
5370 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
5371
5372 @smallexample
5373 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
5374 @{
5375 if (yytname[i] != 0
5376 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
5377 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
5378 strlen (token_buffer))
5379 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
5380 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
5381 break;
5382 @}
5383 @end smallexample
5384
5385 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
5386 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
5387 @end itemize
5388
5389 @node Token Values
5390 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
5391
5392 @vindex yylval
5393 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
5394 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
5395 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
5396 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
5397 @code{yylex}:
5398
5399 @example
5400 @group
5401 @dots{}
5402 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5403 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5404 @dots{}
5405 @end group
5406 @end example
5407
5408 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
5409 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
5410 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
5411 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
5412 declaration looks like this:
5413
5414 @example
5415 @group
5416 %union @{
5417 int intval;
5418 double val;
5419 symrec *tptr;
5420 @}
5421 @end group
5422 @end example
5423
5424 @noindent
5425 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
5426
5427 @example
5428 @group
5429 @dots{}
5430 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5431 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5432 @dots{}
5433 @end group
5434 @end example
5435
5436 @node Token Locations
5437 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
5438
5439 @vindex yylloc
5440 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
5441 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
5442 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
5443 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
5444 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
5445 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
5446
5447 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
5448 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
5449 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
5450 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
5451 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5452
5453 @tindex YYLTYPE
5454 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
5455
5456 @node Pure Calling
5457 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
5458
5459 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
5460 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
5461 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5462 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
5463 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
5464 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
5465 pointers.
5466
5467 @example
5468 int
5469 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
5470 @{
5471 @dots{}
5472 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5473 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5474 @dots{}
5475 @}
5476 @end example
5477
5478 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5479 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5480 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5481 only one argument.
5482
5483
5484 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5485 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5486 Function}).
5487
5488 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5489 @findex %lex-param
5490 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5491 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5492 @end deffn
5493
5494 For instance:
5495
5496 @example
5497 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5498 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5499 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5500 @end example
5501
5502 @noindent
5503 results in the following signature:
5504
5505 @example
5506 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5507 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5508 @end example
5509
5510 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
5511
5512 @example
5513 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5514 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5515 @end example
5516
5517 @noindent
5518 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
5519
5520 @example
5521 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5522 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5523 @end example
5524
5525 @node Error Reporting
5526 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5527 @cindex error reporting function
5528 @findex yyerror
5529 @cindex parse error
5530 @cindex syntax error
5531
5532 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5533 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5534 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5535 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5536 in Actions}).
5537
5538 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5539 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5540 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5541 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5542 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5543
5544 @findex %error-verbose
5545 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5546 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5547 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5548 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5549
5550 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5551 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5552 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5553 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5554 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5555 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5556
5557 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5558 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5559 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5560
5561 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5562
5563 @example
5564 @group
5565 void
5566 yyerror (char const *s)
5567 @{
5568 @end group
5569 @group
5570 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5571 @}
5572 @end group
5573 @end example
5574
5575 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5576 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5577 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5578 immediately return 1.
5579
5580 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5581 an access to the current location.
5582 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5583 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5584 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
5585 @code{yyerror} are:
5586
5587 @example
5588 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5589 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5590 @end example
5591
5592 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5593
5594 @example
5595 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5596 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5597 @end example
5598
5599 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5600 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5601 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5602 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
5603
5604 @example
5605 /* Location tracking. */
5606 %locations
5607 /* Pure yylex. */
5608 %pure-parser
5609 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5610 /* Pure yyparse. */
5611 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5612 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5613 @end example
5614
5615 @noindent
5616 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5617
5618 @example
5619 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5620 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5621 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5622 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5623 char const *msg);
5624 @end example
5625
5626 @noindent
5627 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5628 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5629 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5630 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5631 message is always passed last.
5632
5633 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5634 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5635 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5636 @code{yyerror}.
5637
5638 @vindex yynerrs
5639 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5640 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5641 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5642 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5643
5644 @node Action Features
5645 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5646 @cindex summary, action features
5647 @cindex action features summary
5648
5649 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5650 are useful in actions.
5651
5652 @deffn {Variable} $$
5653 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5654 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5655 @end deffn
5656
5657 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5658 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5659 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5660 @end deffn
5661
5662 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5663 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5664 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5665 Types of Values in Actions}.
5666 @end deffn
5667
5668 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5669 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5670 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5671 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5672 @end deffn
5673
5674 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5675 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5676 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5677 @end deffn
5678
5679 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5680 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5681 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5682 @end deffn
5683
5684 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5685 @findex YYBACKUP
5686 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5687 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5688 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5689 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5690 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5691 going to be reduced by this rule.
5692
5693 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5694 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5695 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5696 recovery.
5697
5698 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5699 @end deffn
5700
5701 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5702 @vindex YYEMPTY
5703 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5704 @end deffn
5705
5706 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5707 @vindex YYEOF
5708 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5709 stream.
5710 @end deffn
5711
5712 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5713 @findex YYERROR
5714 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5715 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5716 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5717 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5718 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5719 @end deffn
5720
5721 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5722 @findex YYRECOVERING
5723 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5724 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5725 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5726 @end deffn
5727
5728 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5729 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5730 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5731 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5732 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5733 Actions}).
5734 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5735 @end deffn
5736
5737 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5738 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5739 error rules.
5740 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5741 Semantic Actions}).
5742 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5743 @end deffn
5744
5745 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5746 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5747 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5748 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5749 @end deffn
5750
5751 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5752 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5753 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5754 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5755 Actions}).
5756 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5757 @end deffn
5758
5759 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5760 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5761 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5762 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5763 Actions}).
5764 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5765 @end deffn
5766
5767 @deffn {Value} @@$
5768 @findex @@$
5769 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5770 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5771 Tracking Locations}.
5772
5773 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5774
5775 @c @example
5776 @c struct @{
5777 @c int first_line, last_line;
5778 @c int first_column, last_column;
5779 @c @};
5780 @c @end example
5781
5782 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5783 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5784
5785 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5786 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5787 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5788 @c those members.
5789
5790 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5791 @end deffn
5792
5793 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5794 @findex @@@var{n}
5795 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5796 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5797 Tracking Locations}.
5798 @end deffn
5799
5800 @node Internationalization
5801 @section Parser Internationalization
5802 @cindex internationalization
5803 @cindex i18n
5804 @cindex NLS
5805 @cindex gettext
5806 @cindex bison-po
5807
5808 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5809 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5810 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5811 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5812 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5813 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5814 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5815 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5816 installation.
5817
5818 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5819 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5820 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5821 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5822
5823 @enumerate
5824 @item
5825 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5826 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5827 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5828 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5829 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5830 For example:
5831
5832 @example
5833 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5834 @end example
5835
5836 @item
5837 @findex BISON_I18N
5838 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5839 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5840 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5841 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5842 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5843 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5844 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5845 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5846 Bison-generated parser.
5847
5848 @item
5849 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5850 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5851 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5852 For example:
5853
5854 @example
5855 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5856 @end example
5857
5858 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5859 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5860 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5861 @file{Makefile}.
5862
5863 @item
5864 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5865 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5866 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5867
5868 @example
5869 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5870 @end example
5871
5872 or:
5873
5874 @example
5875 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5876 @end example
5877
5878 @item
5879 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5880 infrastructure.
5881 @end enumerate
5882
5883
5884 @node Algorithm
5885 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5886 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5887 @cindex algorithm of parser
5888 @cindex shifting
5889 @cindex reduction
5890 @cindex parser stack
5891 @cindex stack, parser
5892
5893 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5894 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5895 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5896
5897 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5898 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5899 that was shifted.
5900
5901 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5902 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5903 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5904 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5905 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5906 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5907 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5908
5909 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5910
5911 @example
5912 1 + 5 * 3
5913 @end example
5914
5915 @noindent
5916 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5917 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5918
5919 @example
5920 expr: expr '*' expr;
5921 @end example
5922
5923 @noindent
5924 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5925
5926 @example
5927 1 + 15
5928 @end example
5929
5930 @noindent
5931 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5932 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5933
5934 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5935 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5936 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5937
5938 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5939
5940 @menu
5941 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5942 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5943 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5944 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5945 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5946 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5947 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5948 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5949 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5950 @end menu
5951
5952 @node Lookahead
5953 @section Lookahead Tokens
5954 @cindex lookahead token
5955
5956 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5957 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5958 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5959 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5960 token in order to decide what to do.
5961
5962 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5963 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5964 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5965 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5966 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5967 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5968 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5969 application.
5970
5971 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5972 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5973 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5974
5975 @example
5976 @group
5977 expr: term '+' expr
5978 | term
5979 ;
5980 @end group
5981
5982 @group
5983 term: '(' expr ')'
5984 | term '!'
5985 | NUMBER
5986 ;
5987 @end group
5988 @end example
5989
5990 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5991 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5992 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5993 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5994 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5995
5996 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5997 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5998 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5999 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
6000 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
6001 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
6002
6003 @vindex yychar
6004 @vindex yylval
6005 @vindex yylloc
6006 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
6007 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
6008 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
6009 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6010
6011 @node Shift/Reduce
6012 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
6013 @cindex conflicts
6014 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
6015 @cindex dangling @code{else}
6016 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
6017
6018 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
6019 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
6020
6021 @example
6022 @group
6023 if_stmt:
6024 IF expr THEN stmt
6025 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
6026 ;
6027 @end group
6028 @end example
6029
6030 @noindent
6031 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
6032 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
6033
6034 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
6035 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
6036 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
6037 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
6038 rule.
6039
6040 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
6041 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
6042 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
6043 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
6044 contrast it with the other alternative.
6045
6046 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
6047 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
6048 equivalent:
6049
6050 @example
6051 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
6052
6053 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
6054 @end example
6055
6056 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
6057 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
6058 making these two inputs equivalent:
6059
6060 @example
6061 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
6062
6063 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
6064 @end example
6065
6066 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
6067 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
6068 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
6069 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
6070 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
6071 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
6072 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
6073 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
6074
6075 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
6076 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
6077 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
6078 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
6079
6080 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
6081 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
6082 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
6083 conflict:
6084
6085 @example
6086 @group
6087 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
6088 %%
6089 @end group
6090 @group
6091 stmt: expr
6092 | if_stmt
6093 ;
6094 @end group
6095
6096 @group
6097 if_stmt:
6098 IF expr THEN stmt
6099 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
6100 ;
6101 @end group
6102
6103 expr: variable
6104 ;
6105 @end example
6106
6107 @node Precedence
6108 @section Operator Precedence
6109 @cindex operator precedence
6110 @cindex precedence of operators
6111
6112 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
6113 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
6114 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
6115 shift and when to reduce.
6116
6117 @menu
6118 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
6119 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
6120 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
6121 * How Precedence:: How they work.
6122 @end menu
6123
6124 @node Why Precedence
6125 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
6126
6127 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
6128 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
6129
6130 @example
6131 @group
6132 expr: expr '-' expr
6133 | expr '*' expr
6134 | expr '<' expr
6135 | '(' expr ')'
6136 @dots{}
6137 ;
6138 @end group
6139 @end example
6140
6141 @noindent
6142 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
6143 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
6144 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
6145 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
6146 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
6147 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
6148 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
6149 different results.
6150
6151 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
6152 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
6153 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
6154 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
6155 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
6156 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
6157 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
6158 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
6159 @samp{<}.
6160
6161 @cindex associativity
6162 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
6163 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
6164 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
6165 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
6166 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
6167 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
6168 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
6169 makes right-associativity.
6170
6171 @node Using Precedence
6172 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
6173 @findex %left
6174 @findex %right
6175 @findex %nonassoc
6176
6177 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
6178 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
6179 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
6180 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
6181 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
6182 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
6183 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
6184 row''.
6185
6186 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
6187 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
6188 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
6189 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
6190 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
6191
6192 @node Precedence Examples
6193 @subsection Precedence Examples
6194
6195 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
6196
6197 @example
6198 %left '<'
6199 %left '-'
6200 %left '*'
6201 @end example
6202
6203 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
6204 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
6205 declared with @code{'-'}:
6206
6207 @example
6208 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
6209 %left '+' '-'
6210 %left '*' '/'
6211 @end example
6212
6213 @noindent
6214 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
6215 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
6216 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
6217
6218 @node How Precedence
6219 @subsection How Precedence Works
6220
6221 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
6222 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
6223 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
6224 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
6225 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
6226 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
6227
6228 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
6229 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
6230 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
6231 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
6232 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
6233 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
6234 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
6235 resolved.
6236
6237 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
6238 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
6239
6240 @node Contextual Precedence
6241 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
6242 @cindex context-dependent precedence
6243 @cindex unary operator precedence
6244 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
6245 @cindex precedence, unary operator
6246 @findex %prec
6247
6248 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
6249 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
6250 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
6251 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
6252
6253 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
6254 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
6255 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
6256 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
6257 modifier for rules.
6258
6259 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
6260 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
6261 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
6262 modifier's syntax is:
6263
6264 @example
6265 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
6266 @end example
6267
6268 @noindent
6269 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
6270 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
6271 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
6272 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
6273 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
6274
6275 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
6276 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
6277 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
6278 precedence:
6279
6280 @example
6281 @dots{}
6282 %left '+' '-'
6283 %left '*'
6284 %left UMINUS
6285 @end example
6286
6287 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
6288
6289 @example
6290 @group
6291 exp: @dots{}
6292 | exp '-' exp
6293 @dots{}
6294 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
6295 @end group
6296 @end example
6297
6298 @ifset defaultprec
6299 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
6300 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
6301 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
6302 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
6303
6304 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
6305 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
6306 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
6307 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
6308
6309 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
6310 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
6311 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
6312 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
6313 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
6314 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
6315
6316 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
6317 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
6318 @end ifset
6319
6320 @node Parser States
6321 @section Parser States
6322 @cindex finite-state machine
6323 @cindex parser state
6324 @cindex state (of parser)
6325
6326 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
6327 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
6328 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
6329 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
6330 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
6331
6332 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
6333 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
6334 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
6335 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
6336 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
6337 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
6338 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
6339 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
6340 pushed.
6341
6342 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
6343 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
6344 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
6345
6346 @node Reduce/Reduce
6347 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6348 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
6349 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
6350
6351 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
6352 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
6353 in the grammar.
6354
6355 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
6356 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
6357
6358 @example
6359 sequence: /* empty */
6360 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6361 | maybeword
6362 | sequence word
6363 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6364 ;
6365
6366 maybeword: /* empty */
6367 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
6368 | word
6369 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
6370 ;
6371 @end example
6372
6373 @noindent
6374 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
6375 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
6376 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
6377 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
6378 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
6379 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
6380
6381 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
6382 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
6383 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
6384
6385 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
6386 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
6387 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
6388 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
6389 In this example, the output of the program changes.
6390
6391 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
6392 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
6393 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
6394 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
6395
6396 @example
6397 sequence: /* empty */
6398 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6399 | sequence word
6400 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6401 ;
6402 @end example
6403
6404 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
6405
6406 @example
6407 sequence: /* empty */
6408 | sequence words
6409 | sequence redirects
6410 ;
6411
6412 words: /* empty */
6413 | words word
6414 ;
6415
6416 redirects:/* empty */
6417 | redirects redirect
6418 ;
6419 @end example
6420
6421 @noindent
6422 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
6423 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
6424 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
6425 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
6426 in infinitely many ways!
6427
6428 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
6429 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
6430 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
6431 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
6432
6433 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
6434 of sequence:
6435
6436 @example
6437 sequence: /* empty */
6438 | sequence word
6439 | sequence redirect
6440 ;
6441 @end example
6442
6443 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
6444 from being empty:
6445
6446 @example
6447 sequence: /* empty */
6448 | sequence words
6449 | sequence redirects
6450 ;
6451
6452 words: word
6453 | words word
6454 ;
6455
6456 redirects:redirect
6457 | redirects redirect
6458 ;
6459 @end example
6460
6461 @node Mystery Conflicts
6462 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6463
6464 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
6465 Here is an example:
6466
6467 @example
6468 @group
6469 %token ID
6470
6471 %%
6472 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6473 ;
6474 param_spec:
6475 type
6476 | name_list ':' type
6477 ;
6478 @end group
6479 @group
6480 return_spec:
6481 type
6482 | name ':' type
6483 ;
6484 @end group
6485 @group
6486 type: ID
6487 ;
6488 @end group
6489 @group
6490 name: ID
6491 ;
6492 name_list:
6493 name
6494 | name ',' name_list
6495 ;
6496 @end group
6497 @end example
6498
6499 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6500 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6501 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6502 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6503
6504 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6505 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6506 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
6507 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
6508 an @code{ID}
6509 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
6510 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6511 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6512 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6513 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6514 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6515 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6516 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6517 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6518
6519 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
6520 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
6521 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
6522 and tend to
6523 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
6524 as it is now.
6525
6526 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
6527 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
6528 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6529 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6530
6531 @example
6532 @group
6533 %token BOGUS
6534 @dots{}
6535 %%
6536 @dots{}
6537 return_spec:
6538 type
6539 | name ':' type
6540 /* This rule is never used. */
6541 | ID BOGUS
6542 ;
6543 @end group
6544 @end example
6545
6546 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6547 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6548 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6549 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6550 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6551 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6552
6553 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6554 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6555 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6556 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6557 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6558 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6559
6560 @example
6561 param_spec:
6562 type
6563 | name_list ':' type
6564 ;
6565 return_spec:
6566 type
6567 | ID ':' type
6568 ;
6569 @end example
6570
6571 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6572 generators, please see:
6573 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6574 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6575 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6576 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6577
6578 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6579 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6580 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6581 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6582 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6583 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6584
6585 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6586 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6587 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6588 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6589 context-free languages.
6590 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6591 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6592 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6593 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6594 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6595 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6596 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
6597 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6598
6599 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6600 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6601 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6602 parser uses the same basic
6603 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6604 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6605 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6606 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6607 situation, it
6608 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6609 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6610 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6611 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6612 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6613
6614 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6615 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6616 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6617 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6618 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6619 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6620 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6621 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6622 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6623 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6624 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6625 stream.
6626
6627 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6628 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
6629 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6630 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6631 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6632 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6633 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6634 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6635 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6636 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6637 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6638 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6639
6640 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6641 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6642 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6643 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
6644 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6645 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6646 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6647 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6648 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6649 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6650 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6651 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6652 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6653 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
6654 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
6655 Bison parser.
6656
6657 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6658 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6659 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6660 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6661 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6662 (2000-12-24).
6663
6664 @node Memory Management
6665 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6666 @cindex memory exhaustion
6667 @cindex memory management
6668 @cindex stack overflow
6669 @cindex parser stack overflow
6670 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6671
6672 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6673 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6674 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6675
6676 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6677 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6678 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6679
6680 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6681 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6682 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6683 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6684 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6685
6686 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6687 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6688 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6689 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6690 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6691 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6692
6693 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6694 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6695 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6696 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6697
6698 @cindex default stack limit
6699 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6700 10000.
6701
6702 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6703 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6704 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6705 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6706 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6707 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6708
6709 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6710
6711 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6712 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6713 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6714 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6715 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6716 this deficiency in a future release.
6717
6718 @node Error Recovery
6719 @chapter Error Recovery
6720 @cindex error recovery
6721 @cindex recovery from errors
6722
6723 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6724 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6725 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6726 another expression.
6727
6728 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6729 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6730 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6731 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6732 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6733 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6734 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6735
6736 @findex error
6737 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6738 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6739 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6740 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6741 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6742 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6743
6744 For example:
6745
6746 @example
6747 stmnts: /* empty string */
6748 | stmnts '\n'
6749 | stmnts exp '\n'
6750 | stmnts error '\n'
6751 @end example
6752
6753 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6754 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6755
6756 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6757 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6758 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6759 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6760 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6761 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6762 applicable in the ordinary way.
6763
6764 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6765 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6766 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6767 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6768 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6769 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6770 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6771 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6772 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6773 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6774 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6775 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6776
6777 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6778 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6779 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6780
6781 @example
6782 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6783 @end example
6784
6785 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6786 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6787 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6788 spurious error message:
6789
6790 @example
6791 primary: '(' expr ')'
6792 | '(' error ')'
6793 @dots{}
6794 ;
6795 @end example
6796
6797 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6798 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6799 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6800 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6801 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6802 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6803 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6804 @code{stmnt}.
6805
6806 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6807 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6808 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6809 error messages resume.
6810
6811 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6812 as any other rules can.
6813
6814 @findex yyerrok
6815 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6816 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6817 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6818 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6819
6820 @findex yyclearin
6821 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6822 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6823 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6824 action.
6825 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6826
6827 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6828 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6829 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6830 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6831 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6832
6833 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6834 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6835 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6836 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6837 error.
6838
6839 @node Context Dependency
6840 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6841
6842 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6843 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6844 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6845 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6846 languages.
6847
6848 @menu
6849 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6850 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6851 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6852 error recovery rules must be written.
6853 @end menu
6854
6855 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6856 neither clean nor robust.)
6857
6858 @node Semantic Tokens
6859 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6860
6861 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6862 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6863
6864 @example
6865 foo (x);
6866 @end example
6867
6868 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6869 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6870 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6871
6872 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6873 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6874 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6875 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6876 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6877
6878 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6879 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6880 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6881 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6882 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6883 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6884 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6885
6886 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6887 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6888 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6889 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6890 earlier:
6891
6892 @example
6893 typedef int foo, bar;
6894 int baz (void)
6895 @{
6896 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6897 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6898 return foo (bar);
6899 @}
6900 @end example
6901
6902 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6903 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6904
6905 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6906 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6907 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6908 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6909 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6910
6911 @example
6912 initdcl:
6913 declarator maybeasm '='
6914 init
6915 | declarator maybeasm
6916 ;
6917
6918 notype_initdcl:
6919 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6920 init
6921 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6922 ;
6923 @end example
6924
6925 @noindent
6926 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6927 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6928 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6929
6930 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6931 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6932 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6933 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6934 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6935 the syntactic context.
6936
6937 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6938 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6939 @cindex lexical tie-in
6940
6941 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6942 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6943 parsed.
6944
6945 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6946 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6947 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6948 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6949 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6950
6951 @example
6952 @group
6953 %@{
6954 int hexflag;
6955 int yylex (void);
6956 void yyerror (char const *);
6957 %@}
6958 %%
6959 @dots{}
6960 @end group
6961 @group
6962 expr: IDENTIFIER
6963 | constant
6964 | HEX '('
6965 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6966 expr ')'
6967 @{ hexflag = 0;
6968 $$ = $4; @}
6969 | expr '+' expr
6970 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6971 @dots{}
6972 ;
6973 @end group
6974
6975 @group
6976 constant:
6977 INTEGER
6978 | STRING
6979 ;
6980 @end group
6981 @end example
6982
6983 @noindent
6984 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6985 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6986 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6987
6988 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6989 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6990 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6991
6992 @node Tie-in Recovery
6993 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6994
6995 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6996 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6997
6998 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6999 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
7000 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
7001 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
7002
7003 @example
7004 stmt: expr ';'
7005 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
7006 @dots{}
7007 error ';'
7008 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
7009 ;
7010 @end example
7011
7012 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
7013 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
7014 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
7015 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
7016 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
7017
7018 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
7019
7020 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
7021 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
7022 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
7023
7024 @example
7025 @group
7026 expr: @dots{}
7027 | '(' expr ')'
7028 @{ $$ = $2; @}
7029 | '(' error ')'
7030 @dots{}
7031 @end group
7032 @end example
7033
7034 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
7035 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
7036 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
7037 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
7038
7039 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
7040 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
7041 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
7042 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
7043 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
7044 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
7045 clear the flag.
7046
7047 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
7048
7049 @node Debugging
7050 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
7051
7052 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
7053 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
7054 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
7055 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
7056 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
7057 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
7058
7059 @menu
7060 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
7061 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
7062 @end menu
7063
7064 @node Understanding
7065 @section Understanding Your Parser
7066
7067 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
7068 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
7069 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
7070 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
7071 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
7072
7073 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
7074 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
7075 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
7076 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
7077 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
7078 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
7079 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
7080
7081 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
7082
7083 @example
7084 %token NUM STR
7085 %left '+' '-'
7086 %left '*'
7087 %%
7088 exp: exp '+' exp
7089 | exp '-' exp
7090 | exp '*' exp
7091 | exp '/' exp
7092 | NUM
7093 ;
7094 useless: STR;
7095 %%
7096 @end example
7097
7098 @command{bison} reports:
7099
7100 @example
7101 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
7102 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
7103 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
7104 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
7105 @end example
7106
7107 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
7108 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
7109 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
7110 interpretation is the same.
7111
7112 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
7113 to precedence and/or associativity:
7114
7115 @example
7116 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
7117 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
7118 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
7119 @exdent @dots{}
7120 @end example
7121
7122 @noindent
7123 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
7124
7125 @example
7126 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7127 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7128 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
7129 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
7130 @end example
7131
7132 @noindent
7133 @cindex token, useless
7134 @cindex useless token
7135 @cindex nonterminal, useless
7136 @cindex useless nonterminal
7137 @cindex rule, useless
7138 @cindex useless rule
7139 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
7140 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
7141 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
7142 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
7143 below):
7144
7145 @example
7146 Useless nonterminals:
7147 useless
7148
7149 Terminals which are not used:
7150 STR
7151
7152 Useless rules:
7153 #6 useless: STR;
7154 @end example
7155
7156 @noindent
7157 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
7158
7159 @example
7160 Grammar
7161
7162 Number, Line, Rule
7163 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
7164 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
7165 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
7166 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
7167 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
7168 5 9 exp -> NUM
7169 @end example
7170
7171 @noindent
7172 and reports the uses of the symbols:
7173
7174 @example
7175 Terminals, with rules where they appear
7176
7177 $end (0) 0
7178 '*' (42) 3
7179 '+' (43) 1
7180 '-' (45) 2
7181 '/' (47) 4
7182 error (256)
7183 NUM (258) 5
7184
7185 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
7186
7187 $accept (8)
7188 on left: 0
7189 exp (9)
7190 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
7191 @end example
7192
7193 @noindent
7194 @cindex item
7195 @cindex pointed rule
7196 @cindex rule, pointed
7197 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
7198 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
7199 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
7200 that the input cursor.
7201
7202 @example
7203 state 0
7204
7205 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
7206
7207 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7208
7209 exp go to state 2
7210 @end example
7211
7212 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
7213 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
7214 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
7215 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
7216 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
7217 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
7218 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
7219 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
7220
7221 @cindex core, item set
7222 @cindex item set core
7223 @cindex kernel, item set
7224 @cindex item set core
7225 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
7226 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
7227 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
7228 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
7229 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
7230 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
7231 be derived:
7232
7233 @example
7234 state 0
7235
7236 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
7237 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
7238 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
7239 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
7240 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
7241 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
7242
7243 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7244
7245 exp go to state 2
7246 @end example
7247
7248 @noindent
7249 In the state 1...
7250
7251 @example
7252 state 1
7253
7254 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
7255
7256 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
7257 @end example
7258
7259 @noindent
7260 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
7261 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
7262 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
7263 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
7264
7265 @example
7266 state 2
7267
7268 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
7269 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7270 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7271 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7272 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7273
7274 $ shift, and go to state 3
7275 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7276 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7277 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7278 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7279 @end example
7280
7281 @noindent
7282 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
7283 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
7284 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
7285 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
7286 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
7287 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
7288
7289 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
7290 state}:
7291
7292 @example
7293 state 3
7294
7295 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
7296
7297 $default accept
7298 @end example
7299
7300 @noindent
7301 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
7302 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
7303
7304 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
7305 the reader.
7306
7307 @example
7308 state 4
7309
7310 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
7311
7312 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7313
7314 exp go to state 8
7315
7316 state 5
7317
7318 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
7319
7320 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7321
7322 exp go to state 9
7323
7324 state 6
7325
7326 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
7327
7328 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7329
7330 exp go to state 10
7331
7332 state 7
7333
7334 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
7335
7336 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7337
7338 exp go to state 11
7339 @end example
7340
7341 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
7342 1 shift/reduce}:
7343
7344 @example
7345 state 8
7346
7347 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7348 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
7349 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7350 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7351 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7352
7353 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7354 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7355
7356 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7357 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7358 @end example
7359
7360 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
7361 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
7362 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
7363 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
7364 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
7365 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
7366 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
7367 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
7368
7369 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
7370 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
7371 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
7372 square brackets.
7373
7374 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
7375 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
7376 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
7377 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
7378 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
7379 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
7380 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
7381 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
7382 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
7383 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
7384 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
7385 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
7386
7387 @example
7388 state 8
7389
7390 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7391 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7392 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7393 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7394 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7395
7396 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7397 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7398
7399 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7400 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7401 @end example
7402
7403 The remaining states are similar:
7404
7405 @example
7406 state 9
7407
7408 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7409 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7410 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
7411 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7412 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7413
7414 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7415 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7416
7417 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
7418 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
7419
7420 state 10
7421
7422 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7423 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7424 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7425 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
7426 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7427
7428 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7429
7430 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
7431 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
7432
7433 state 11
7434
7435 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7436 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7437 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7438 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7439 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
7440
7441 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7442 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7443 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7444 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7445
7446 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7447 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7448 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7449 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7450 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
7451 @end example
7452
7453 @noindent
7454 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
7455 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
7456 @samp{*}, but also because the
7457 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
7458
7459
7460 @node Tracing
7461 @section Tracing Your Parser
7462 @findex yydebug
7463 @cindex debugging
7464 @cindex tracing the parser
7465
7466 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
7467 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
7468
7469 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
7470
7471 @table @asis
7472 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7473 @findex YYDEBUG
7474 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7475 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7476 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7477 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7478 Prologue}).
7479
7480 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7481 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7482 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7483
7484 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7485 @findex %debug
7486 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7487 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7488 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7489 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7490 you, this is
7491 the preferred solution.
7492 @end table
7493
7494 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7495 always possible.
7496
7497 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7498 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7499 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and variadic
7500 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7501 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7502 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7503
7504 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7505 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7506 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7507 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7508
7509 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7510 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7511 messages tell you these things:
7512
7513 @itemize @bullet
7514 @item
7515 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7516
7517 @item
7518 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7519 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7520
7521 @item
7522 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7523 of the state stack afterward.
7524 @end itemize
7525
7526 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7527 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7528 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7529 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7530 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7531 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7532 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7533 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7534 grammar are to blame.
7535
7536 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7537 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7538 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7539 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7540 the grammar it is working.
7541
7542 @findex YYPRINT
7543 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7544 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7545 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7546 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7547 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7548 value (from @code{yylval}).
7549
7550 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7551 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7552
7553 @smallexample
7554 %@{
7555 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7556 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7557 %@}
7558
7559 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7560
7561 static void
7562 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7563 @{
7564 if (type == VAR)
7565 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7566 else if (type == NUM)
7567 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7568 @}
7569 @end smallexample
7570
7571 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7572
7573 @node Invocation
7574 @chapter Invoking Bison
7575 @cindex invoking Bison
7576 @cindex Bison invocation
7577 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7578
7579 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7580
7581 @example
7582 bison @var{infile}
7583 @end example
7584
7585 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7586 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7587 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7588 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7589 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7590 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7591 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7592 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7593 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7594 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7595 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7596 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7597
7598 For example :
7599
7600 @example
7601 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7602 @end example
7603 @noindent
7604 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7605
7606 @example
7607 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7608 @end example
7609 @noindent
7610 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7611
7612 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7613 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7614 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7615
7616 @menu
7617 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7618 in alphabetical order by short options.
7619 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7620 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7621 @end menu
7622
7623 @node Bison Options
7624 @section Bison Options
7625
7626 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7627 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7628 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7629 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7630 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7631 @samp{=}.
7632
7633 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7634 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7635 option.
7636
7637 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7638 @noindent
7639 Operations modes:
7640 @table @option
7641 @item -h
7642 @itemx --help
7643 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7644
7645 @item -V
7646 @itemx --version
7647 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7648
7649 @item --print-localedir
7650 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7651
7652 @item --print-datadir
7653 Print the name of the directory containing skeletons and XSLT.
7654
7655 @item -y
7656 @itemx --yacc
7657 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7658 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7659 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7660 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7661 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7662 @file{y.tab.h}.
7663 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7664 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7665 names.
7666 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7667 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7668
7669 @example
7670 #! /bin/sh
7671 bison -y "$@@"
7672 @end example
7673
7674 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7675 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7676 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7677 this option is specified.
7678
7679 @end table
7680
7681 @noindent
7682 Tuning the parser:
7683
7684 @table @option
7685 @item -t
7686 @itemx --debug
7687 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7688 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7689 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7690
7691 @item -L @var{language}
7692 @itemx --language=@var{language}
7693 Specify the programming language for the generated parser, as if
7694 @code{%language} was specified (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration
7695 Summary}). Currently supported languages include C and C++.
7696 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
7697
7698 @item --locations
7699 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7700
7701 @item -p @var{prefix}
7702 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7703 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix "@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7704 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7705
7706 @item -l
7707 @itemx --no-lines
7708 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7709 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7710 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7711 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7712 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7713
7714 @item -S @var{file}
7715 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
7716 Specify the skeleton to use, similar to @code{%skeleton}
7717 (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration Summary}).
7718
7719 You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
7720 You should use @option{--language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
7721 different language, because it is clearer and because it will always
7722 choose the correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
7723
7724 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
7725 file in the Bison installation directory.
7726 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
7727 current working directory.
7728 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
7729
7730 @item -k
7731 @itemx --token-table
7732 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7733 @end table
7734
7735 @noindent
7736 Adjust the output:
7737
7738 @table @option
7739 @item -d
7740 @itemx --defines
7741 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7742 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7743 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7744
7745 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
7746 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
7747
7748 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7749 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7750 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7751 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7752
7753 @item -r @var{things}
7754 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7755 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7756 separated list of @var{things} among:
7757
7758 @table @code
7759 @item state
7760 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7761 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7762
7763 @item lookahead
7764 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7765 each rule's lookahead set.
7766
7767 @item itemset
7768 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7769 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7770 @end table
7771
7772 @item -v
7773 @itemx --verbose
7774 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7775 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7776 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7777
7778 @item -o @var{file}
7779 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7780 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7781
7782 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7783 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7784
7785 @item -g
7786 Output a graphical representation of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7787 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
7788 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
7789 If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will
7790 be @file{foo.dot}.
7791
7792 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7793 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7794 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7795 the output graph file.
7796 @end table
7797
7798 @node Option Cross Key
7799 @section Option Cross Key
7800
7801 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7802 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7803 the corresponding short option.
7804
7805 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7806 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7807 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7808 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7809 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7810 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7811 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7812 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7813 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7814 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7815 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7816 @item @option{--print-datadir} @tab
7817 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7818 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7819 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7820 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7821 @end multitable
7822
7823 @node Yacc Library
7824 @section Yacc Library
7825
7826 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7827 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7828 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7829 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7830 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7831 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7832 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7833
7834 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7835 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7836
7837 @example
7838 int yyerror (char const *);
7839 @end example
7840
7841 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7842 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7843 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7844
7845 @example
7846 int yyparse (void);
7847 @end example
7848
7849 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7850
7851 @node Other Languages
7852 @chapter Parsers Written In Other Languages
7853
7854 @menu
7855 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7856 * Java Parsers:: The interface to generate Java parser classes
7857 @end menu
7858
7859 @node C++ Parsers
7860 @section C++ Parsers
7861
7862 @menu
7863 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7864 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7865 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7866 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7867 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7868 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7869 @end menu
7870
7871 @node C++ Bison Interface
7872 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7873 @c - %language "C++"
7874 @c - Always pure
7875 @c - initial action
7876
7877 The C++ @acronym{LALR}(1) parser is selected using the language directive,
7878 @samp{%language "C++"}, or the synonymous command-line option
7879 @option{--language=c++}.
7880 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7881
7882 When run, @command{bison} will create several entities in the @samp{yy}
7883 namespace.
7884 @findex %define namespace
7885 Use the @samp{%define namespace} directive to change the namespace name, see
7886 @ref{Decl Summary}.
7887 The various classes are generated in the following files:
7888
7889 @table @file
7890 @item position.hh
7891 @itemx location.hh
7892 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7893 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7894
7895 @item stack.hh
7896 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7897
7898 @item @var{file}.hh
7899 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7900 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7901 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7902 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7903 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7904
7905 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7906 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7907 @samp{%defines} directive.
7908 @end table
7909
7910 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7911 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7912
7913 @node C++ Semantic Values
7914 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7915 @c - No objects in unions
7916 @c - YYSTYPE
7917 @c - Printer and destructor
7918
7919 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7920 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7921 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7922 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7923 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7924 @itemize @minus
7925 @item
7926 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7927 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7928 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7929 @item
7930 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7931 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7932 to such objects are allowed.
7933 @end itemize
7934
7935 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7936 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7937 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7938 Symbols}.
7939
7940
7941 @node C++ Location Values
7942 @subsection C++ Location Values
7943 @c - %locations
7944 @c - class Position
7945 @c - class Location
7946 @c - %define filename_type "const symbol::Symbol"
7947
7948 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7949 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7950 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7951 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7952 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7953
7954 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7955 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7956 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7957 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7958 filename_type "@var{type}"}.
7959 @end deftypemethod
7960
7961 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7962 The line, starting at 1.
7963 @end deftypemethod
7964
7965 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7966 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7967 @end deftypemethod
7968
7969 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7970 The column, starting at 0.
7971 @end deftypemethod
7972
7973 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7974 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7975 @end deftypemethod
7976
7977 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7978 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7979 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7980 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7981 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7982 @end deftypemethod
7983
7984 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7985 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7986 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7987 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7988 @end deftypemethod
7989
7990 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7991 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7992 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7993 @end deftypemethod
7994
7995 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7996 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7997 Advance the @code{end} position.
7998 @end deftypemethod
7999
8000 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
8001 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
8002 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
8003 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
8004 @end deftypemethod
8005
8006 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
8007 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
8008 @end deftypemethod
8009
8010
8011 @node C++ Parser Interface
8012 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
8013 @c - define parser_class_name
8014 @c - Ctor
8015 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
8016 @c debug_stream.
8017 @c - Reporting errors
8018
8019 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
8020 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
8021 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
8022 @samp{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"}. The interface of
8023 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
8024 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
8025 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
8026 additional argument for its constructor.
8027
8028 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
8029 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
8030 The types for semantics value and locations.
8031 @end defcv
8032
8033 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8034 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
8035 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
8036 @end deftypemethod
8037
8038 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
8039 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
8040 @end deftypemethod
8041
8042 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
8043 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
8044 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
8045 @code{std::cerr}.
8046 @end deftypemethod
8047
8048 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
8049 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
8050 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
8051 or nonzero, full tracing.
8052 @end deftypemethod
8053
8054 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
8055 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
8056 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
8057 described by @var{m}.
8058 @end deftypemethod
8059
8060
8061 @node C++ Scanner Interface
8062 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
8063 @c - prefix for yylex.
8064 @c - Pure interface to yylex
8065 @c - %lex-param
8066
8067 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
8068 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
8069 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
8070
8071 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8072 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8073 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
8074 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8075 @end deftypemethod
8076
8077
8078 @node A Complete C++ Example
8079 @subsection A Complete C++ Example
8080
8081 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
8082 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
8083 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
8084 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
8085 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
8086 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
8087 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
8088 actually easier to interface with.
8089
8090 @menu
8091 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
8092 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
8093 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
8094 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
8095 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
8096 @end menu
8097
8098 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
8099 @subsubsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
8100
8101 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
8102 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
8103 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
8104 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
8105 of valid input follows.
8106
8107 @example
8108 three := 3
8109 seven := one + two * three
8110 seven * seven
8111 @end example
8112
8113 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
8114 @subsubsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
8115 @c - An env
8116 @c - A place to store error messages
8117 @c - A place for the result
8118
8119 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
8120 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
8121 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
8122 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
8123 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
8124 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
8125 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
8126
8127 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
8128 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
8129 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
8130 class.
8131
8132 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8133 @example
8134 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8135 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8136 # include <string>
8137 # include <map>
8138 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8139 @end example
8140
8141
8142 @noindent
8143 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
8144 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
8145 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
8146 factor both as follows.
8147
8148 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8149 @example
8150 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
8151 # define YY_DECL \
8152 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
8153 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
8154 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
8155 calcxx_driver& driver)
8156 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
8157 YY_DECL;
8158 @end example
8159
8160 @noindent
8161 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
8162 members.
8163
8164 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8165 @example
8166 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
8167 class calcxx_driver
8168 @{
8169 public:
8170 calcxx_driver ();
8171 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
8172
8173 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
8174
8175 int result;
8176 @end example
8177
8178 @noindent
8179 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
8180 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
8181
8182 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8183 @example
8184 // Handling the scanner.
8185 void scan_begin ();
8186 void scan_end ();
8187 bool trace_scanning;
8188 @end example
8189
8190 @noindent
8191 Similarly for the parser itself.
8192
8193 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8194 @example
8195 // Run the parser. Return 0 on success.
8196 int parse (const std::string& f);
8197 std::string file;
8198 bool trace_parsing;
8199 @end example
8200
8201 @noindent
8202 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
8203 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
8204 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
8205 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
8206
8207 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
8208 @example
8209 // Error handling.
8210 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
8211 void error (const std::string& m);
8212 @};
8213 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
8214 @end example
8215
8216 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
8217 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
8218 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
8219 messages and set error state.
8220
8221 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
8222 @example
8223 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8224 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
8225
8226 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
8227 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
8228 @{
8229 variables["one"] = 1;
8230 variables["two"] = 2;
8231 @}
8232
8233 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
8234 @{
8235 @}
8236
8237 int
8238 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
8239 @{
8240 file = f;
8241 scan_begin ();
8242 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
8243 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
8244 int res = parser.parse ();
8245 scan_end ();
8246 return res;
8247 @}
8248
8249 void
8250 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
8251 @{
8252 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
8253 @}
8254
8255 void
8256 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
8257 @{
8258 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
8259 @}
8260 @end example
8261
8262 @node Calc++ Parser
8263 @subsubsection Calc++ Parser
8264
8265 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
8266 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
8267 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
8268 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
8269 the grammar for.
8270
8271 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8272 @example
8273 %language "C++" /* -*- C++ -*- */
8274 %require "@value{VERSION}"
8275 %defines
8276 %define parser_class_name "calcxx_parser"
8277 @end example
8278
8279 @noindent
8280 @findex %code requires
8281 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
8282 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
8283 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
8284 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
8285 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
8286 use a forward declaration of the driver.
8287 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
8288
8289 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8290 @example
8291 %code requires @{
8292 # include <string>
8293 class calcxx_driver;
8294 @}
8295 @end example
8296
8297 @noindent
8298 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
8299 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
8300 global variables.
8301
8302 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8303 @example
8304 // The parsing context.
8305 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8306 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8307 @end example
8308
8309 @noindent
8310 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
8311 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
8312 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
8313 automatically propagated.
8314
8315 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8316 @example
8317 %locations
8318 %initial-action
8319 @{
8320 // Initialize the initial location.
8321 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
8322 @};
8323 @end example
8324
8325 @noindent
8326 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
8327 error messages.
8328
8329 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8330 @example
8331 %debug
8332 %error-verbose
8333 @end example
8334
8335 @noindent
8336 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
8337 them.
8338
8339 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8340 @example
8341 // Symbols.
8342 %union
8343 @{
8344 int ival;
8345 std::string *sval;
8346 @};
8347 @end example
8348
8349 @noindent
8350 @findex %code
8351 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
8352 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
8353
8354 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8355 @example
8356 %code @{
8357 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8358 @}
8359 @end example
8360
8361
8362 @noindent
8363 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
8364 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
8365 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
8366 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
8367 avoid name clashes.
8368
8369 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8370 @example
8371 %token END 0 "end of file"
8372 %token ASSIGN ":="
8373 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
8374 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
8375 %type <ival> exp
8376 @end example
8377
8378 @noindent
8379 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
8380 @code{%destructor}.
8381
8382 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
8383 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8384 @example
8385 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
8386 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
8387
8388 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} <ival>
8389 @end example
8390
8391 @noindent
8392 The grammar itself is straightforward.
8393
8394 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8395 @example
8396 %%
8397 %start unit;
8398 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
8399
8400 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
8401 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
8402
8403 assignment:
8404 "identifier" ":=" exp
8405 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
8406
8407 %left '+' '-';
8408 %left '*' '/';
8409 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
8410 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
8411 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
8412 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
8413 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
8414 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
8415 %%
8416 @end example
8417
8418 @noindent
8419 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
8420 driver.
8421
8422 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8423 @example
8424 void
8425 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
8426 const std::string& m)
8427 @{
8428 driver.error (l, m);
8429 @}
8430 @end example
8431
8432 @node Calc++ Scanner
8433 @subsubsection Calc++ Scanner
8434
8435 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
8436 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
8437
8438 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8439 @example
8440 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
8441 # include <cstdlib>
8442 # include <errno.h>
8443 # include <limits.h>
8444 # include <string>
8445 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8446 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8447
8448 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
8449 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
8450 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
8451 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
8452 # undef yywrap
8453 # define yywrap() 1
8454
8455 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
8456 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
8457 not of token_type. */
8458 #define yyterminate() return token::END
8459 %@}
8460 @end example
8461
8462 @noindent
8463 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
8464 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
8465 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
8466 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
8467
8468 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8469 @example
8470 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
8471 @end example
8472
8473 @noindent
8474 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
8475
8476 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8477 @example
8478 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
8479 int [0-9]+
8480 blank [ \t]
8481 @end example
8482
8483 @noindent
8484 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
8485 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
8486 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
8487 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
8488 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
8489 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
8490 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
8491
8492 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8493 @example
8494 %@{
8495 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8496 %@}
8497 %%
8498 %@{
8499 yylloc->step ();
8500 %@}
8501 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8502 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8503 @end example
8504
8505 @noindent
8506 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8507 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8508 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8509 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8510
8511 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8512 @example
8513 %@{
8514 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8515 %@}
8516 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8517 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8518 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8519 @{int@} @{
8520 errno = 0;
8521 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8522 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8523 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8524 yylval->ival = n;
8525 return token::NUMBER;
8526 @}
8527 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8528 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8529 %%
8530 @end example
8531
8532 @noindent
8533 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8534 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8535
8536 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8537 @example
8538 void
8539 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8540 @{
8541 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8542 if (file == "-")
8543 yyin = stdin;
8544 else if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8545 @{
8546 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8547 exit (1);
8548 @}
8549 @}
8550
8551 void
8552 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8553 @{
8554 fclose (yyin);
8555 @}
8556 @end example
8557
8558 @node Calc++ Top Level
8559 @subsubsection Calc++ Top Level
8560
8561 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8562
8563 @comment file: calc++.cc
8564 @example
8565 #include <iostream>
8566 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8567
8568 int
8569 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8570 @{
8571 calcxx_driver driver;
8572 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8573 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8574 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8575 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8576 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8577 else if (!driver.parse (*argv))
8578 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8579 @}
8580 @end example
8581
8582 @node Java Parsers
8583 @section Java Parsers
8584
8585 @menu
8586 * Java Bison Interface:: Asking for Java parser generation
8587 * Java Semantic Values:: %type and %token vs. Java
8588 * Java Location Values:: The position and location classes
8589 * Java Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
8590 * Java Scanner Interface:: Java scanners, and pure parsers
8591 * Java Differences:: Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
8592 @end menu
8593
8594 @node Java Bison Interface
8595 @subsection Java Bison Interface
8596 @c - %language "Java"
8597 @c - initial action
8598
8599 The Java parser skeletons are selected using a language directive,
8600 @samp{%language "Java"}, or the synonymous command-line option
8601 @option{--language=java}.
8602
8603 When run, @command{bison} will create several entities whose name
8604 starts with @samp{YY}. Use the @samp{%name-prefix} directive to
8605 change the prefix, see @ref{Decl Summary}; classes can be placed
8606 in an arbitrary Java package using a @samp{%define package} section.
8607
8608 The parser class defines an inner class, @code{Location}, that is used
8609 for location tracking. If the parser is pure, it also defines an
8610 inner interface, @code{Lexer}; see~@ref{Java Scanner Interface} for the
8611 meaning of pure parsers when the Java language is chosen. Other than
8612 these inner class/interface, and the members described in~@ref{Java
8613 Parser Interface}, all the other members and fields are preceded
8614 with a @code{yy} prefix to avoid clashes with user code.
8615
8616 No header file can be generated for Java parsers; you must not pass
8617 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, nor use the
8618 @samp{%defines} directive.
8619
8620 By default, the @samp{YYParser} class has package visibility. A
8621 declaration @samp{%define "public"} will change to public visibility.
8622 Remember that, according to the Java language specification, the name
8623 of the @file{.java} file should match the name of the class in this
8624 case.
8625
8626 Similarly, a declaration @samp{%define "abstract"} will make your
8627 class abstract.
8628
8629 You can create documentation for generated parsers using Javadoc.
8630
8631 @node Java Semantic Values
8632 @subsection Java Semantic Values
8633 @c - No %union, specify type in %type/%token.
8634 @c - YYSTYPE
8635 @c - Printer and destructor
8636
8637 There is no @code{%union} directive in Java parsers. Instead, the
8638 semantic values' types (class names) should be specified in the
8639 @code{%type} or @code{%token} directive:
8640
8641 @example
8642 %type <Expression> expr assignment_expr term factor
8643 %type <Integer> number
8644 @end example
8645
8646 By default, the semantic stack is declared to have @code{Object} members,
8647 which means that the class types you specify can be of any class.
8648 To improve the type safety of the parser, you can declare the common
8649 superclass of all the semantic values using the @samp{%define} directive.
8650 For example, after the following declaration:
8651
8652 @example
8653 %define "stype" "ASTNode"
8654 @end example
8655
8656 @noindent
8657 any @code{%type} or @code{%token} specifying a semantic type which
8658 is not a subclass of ASTNode, will cause a compile-time error.
8659
8660 Types used in the directives may be qualified with a package name.
8661 Primitive data types are accepted for Java version 1.5 or later. Note
8662 that in this case the autoboxing feature of Java 1.5 will be used.
8663
8664 Java parsers do not support @code{%destructor}, since the language
8665 adopts garbage collection. The parser will try to hold references
8666 to semantic values for as little time as needed.
8667
8668 Java parsers do not support @code{%printer}, as @code{toString()}
8669 can be used to print the semantic values. This however may change
8670 (in a backwards-compatible way) in future versions of Bison.
8671
8672
8673 @node Java Location Values
8674 @subsection Java Location Values
8675 @c - %locations
8676 @c - class Position
8677 @c - class Location
8678
8679 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the Java parser
8680 supports location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8681 An auxiliary user-defined class defines a @dfn{position}, a single point
8682 in a file; Bison itself defines a class representing a @dfn{location},
8683 a range composed of a pair of positions (possibly spanning several
8684 files). The location class is an inner class of the parser; the name
8685 is @code{Location} by default, may also be renamed using @code{%define
8686 "location_type" "@var{class-name}}.
8687
8688 The location class treats the position as a completely opaque value.
8689 By default, the class name is @code{Position}, but this can be changed
8690 with @code{%define "position_type" "@var{class-name}"}.
8691
8692
8693 @deftypemethod {Location} {Position} begin
8694 @deftypemethodx {Location} {Position} end
8695 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
8696 @end deftypemethod
8697
8698 @deftypemethod {Location} {void} toString ()
8699 Prints the range represented by the location. For this to work
8700 properly, the position class should override the @code{equals} and
8701 @code{toString} methods appropriately.
8702 @end deftypemethod
8703
8704
8705 @node Java Parser Interface
8706 @subsection Java Parser Interface
8707 @c - define parser_class_name
8708 @c - Ctor
8709 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
8710 @c debug_stream.
8711 @c - Reporting errors
8712
8713 The output file defines the parser class in the package optionally
8714 indicated in the @code{%define package} section. The class name defaults
8715 to @code{YYParser}. The @code{YY} prefix may be changed using
8716 @samp{%name-prefix}; alternatively, you can use @samp{%define
8717 "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"} to give a custom name to the class.
8718 The interface of this class is detailed below. It can be extended using
8719 the @code{%parse-param} directive; each occurrence of the directive will
8720 add a field to the parser class, and an argument to its constructor.
8721
8722 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {} YYParser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8723 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
8724 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
8725 @end deftypemethod
8726
8727 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} parse ()
8728 Run the syntactic analysis, and return @code{true} on success,
8729 @code{false} otherwise.
8730 @end deftypemethod
8731
8732 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {boolean} recovering ()
8733 During the syntactic analysis, return @code{true} if recovering
8734 from a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8735 @end deftypemethod
8736
8737 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {java.io.PrintStream} getDebugStream ()
8738 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugStream (java.io.printStream @var{o})
8739 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
8740 @code{System.err}.
8741 @end deftypemethod
8742
8743 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {int} getDebugLevel ()
8744 @deftypemethodx {YYParser} {void} setDebugLevel (int @var{l})
8745 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
8746 or nonzero, full tracing.
8747 @end deftypemethod
8748
8749 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {void} error (Location @var{l}, String @var{m})
8750 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user
8751 in the same way as the scanner interface (@pxref{Java Scanner
8752 Interface}); the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at
8753 @var{l}, described by @var{m}.
8754 @end deftypemethod
8755
8756
8757 @node Java Scanner Interface
8758 @subsection Java Scanner Interface
8759 @c - %code lexer
8760 @c - %lex-param
8761 @c - Lexer interface
8762
8763 Contrary to C parsers, Java parsers do not use global variables; the
8764 state of the parser is always local to an instance of the parser class.
8765 Therefore, all Java parsers are ``pure'', and the @code{%pure-parser}
8766 directive does not do anything when used in Java.
8767
8768 The scanner always resides in a separate class than the parser.
8769 Still, Java also two possible ways to interface a Bison-generated Java
8770 parser with a scanner, that is, the scanner may reside in a separate file
8771 than the Bison grammar, or in the same file. The interface
8772 to the scanner is similar in the two cases.
8773
8774 In the first case, where the scanner in the same file as the grammar, the
8775 scanner code has to be placed in @code{%code lexer} blocks. If you want
8776 to pass parameters from the parser constructor to the scanner constructor,
8777 specify them with @code{%lex-param}; they are passed before
8778 @code{%parse-param}s to the constructor.
8779
8780 In the second case, the scanner has to implement interface @code{Lexer},
8781 which is defined within the parser class (e.g., @code{YYParser.Lexer}).
8782 The constructor of the parser object will then accept an object
8783 implementing the interface; @code{%lex-param} is not used in this
8784 case.
8785
8786 In both cases, the scanner has to implement the following methods.
8787
8788 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {void} yyerror (Location @var{l}, String @var{m})
8789 As explained in @pxref{Java Parser Interface}, this method is defined
8790 by the user to emit an error message. The first parameter is omitted
8791 if location tracking is not active. Its type can be changed using
8792 @samp{%define "location_type" "@var{class-name}".}
8793 @end deftypemethod
8794
8795 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {int} yylex (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8796 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8797 value and location are saved and returned by the ther methods in the
8798 interface. Invocations of @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1}
8799 @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8800 @end deftypemethod
8801
8802 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Position} getStartPos ()
8803 @deftypemethodx {Lexer} {Position} getEndPos ()
8804 Return respectively the first position of the last token that
8805 @code{yylex} returned, and the first position beyond it. These
8806 methods are not needed unless location tracking is active.
8807
8808 The return type can be changed using @samp{%define "position_type"
8809 "@var{class-name}".}
8810 @end deftypemethod
8811
8812 @deftypemethod {Lexer} {Object} getLVal ()
8813 Return respectively the first position of the last token that yylex
8814 returned, and the first position beyond it.
8815
8816 The return type can be changed using @samp{%define "stype"
8817 "@var{class-name}".}
8818 @end deftypemethod
8819
8820
8821 If @code{%pure-parser} is not specified, the lexer interface
8822 resides in the same class (@code{YYParser}) as the Bison-generated
8823 parser. The fields and methods that are provided to
8824 this end are as follows.
8825
8826 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {void} error (Location @var{l}, String @var{m})
8827 As explained in @pxref{Java Parser Interface}, this method is defined
8828 by the user to emit an error message. The first parameter is not used
8829 unless location tracking is active. Its type can be changed using
8830 @samp{%define "location_type" "@var{class-name}".}
8831 @end deftypemethod
8832
8833 @deftypemethod {YYParser} {int} yylex (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
8834 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
8835 value and location are saved into @code{yylval}, @code{yystartpos},
8836 @code{yyendpos}. Invocations of @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1}
8837 @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
8838 @end deftypemethod
8839
8840 @deftypecv {Field} {YYParser} Position yystartpos
8841 @deftypecvx {Field} {YYParser} Position yyendpos
8842 Contain respectively the first position of the last token that yylex
8843 returned, and the first position beyond it. These methods are not
8844 needed unless location tracking is active.
8845
8846 The field's type can be changed using @samp{%define "position_type"
8847 "@var{class-name}".}
8848 @end deftypecv
8849
8850 @deftypecv {Field} {YYParser} Object yylval
8851 Return respectively the first position of the last token that yylex
8852 returned, and the first position beyond it.
8853
8854 The field's type can be changed using @samp{%define "stype"
8855 "@var{class-name}".}
8856 @end deftypecv
8857
8858 @node Java Differences
8859 @subsection Differences between C/C++ and Java Grammars
8860
8861 The different structure of the Java language forces several differences
8862 between C/C++ grammars, and grammars designed for Java parsers. This
8863 section summarizes these differences.
8864
8865 @itemize
8866 @item
8867 Java lacks a preprocessor, so the @code{YYERROR}, @code{YYACCEPT},
8868 @code{YYABORT} symbols (@pxref{Table of Symbols}) cannot obviously be
8869 macros. Instead, they should be preceded by @code{return} when they
8870 appear in an action. The actual definition of these symbols is
8871 opaque to the Bison grammar, and it might change in the future. The
8872 only meaningful operation that you can do, is to return them.
8873
8874 Note that of these three symbols, only @code{YYACCEPT} and
8875 @code{YYABORT} will cause a return from the @code{yyparse}
8876 method@footnote{Java parsers include the actions in a separate
8877 method than @code{yyparse} in order to have an intuitive syntax that
8878 corresponds to these C macros.}.
8879
8880 @item
8881 The prolog declarations have a different meaning than in C/C++ code.
8882 @table @asis
8883 @item @code{%code imports}
8884 blocks are placed at the beginning of the Java source code. They may
8885 include copyright notices. For a @code{package} declarations, it is
8886 suggested to use @code{%define package} instead.
8887
8888 @item unqualified @code{%code}
8889 blocks are placed inside the parser class.
8890
8891 @item @code{%code lexer}
8892 blocks, if specified, should include the implementation of the
8893 scanner. If there is no such block, the scanner can be any class
8894 that implements the appropriate interface (see @pxref{Java Scanner
8895 Interface}).
8896 @end table
8897
8898 Other @code{%code} blocks are not supported in Java parsers.
8899 The epilogue has the same meaning as in C/C++ code and it can
8900 be used to define other classes used by the parser.
8901 @end itemize
8902
8903 @c ================================================= FAQ
8904
8905 @node FAQ
8906 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
8907 @cindex frequently asked questions
8908 @cindex questions
8909
8910 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
8911 are addressed.
8912
8913 @menu
8914 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
8915 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
8916 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
8917 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
8918 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
8919 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
8920 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
8921 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
8922 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
8923 * More Languages:: Parsers in C++, Java, and so on
8924 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
8925 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
8926 @end menu
8927
8928 @node Memory Exhausted
8929 @section Memory Exhausted
8930
8931 @display
8932 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
8933 message. What can I do?
8934 @end display
8935
8936 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
8937 ,Recursive Rules}.
8938
8939 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
8940 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
8941
8942 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
8943 following typical questions:
8944
8945 @display
8946 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
8947 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
8948 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
8949 @end display
8950
8951 @noindent
8952 or
8953
8954 @display
8955 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
8956 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
8957 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
8958 @end display
8959
8960 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
8961 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
8962 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
8963 demonstration, consider the following source file,
8964 @file{first-line.l}:
8965
8966 @verbatim
8967 %{
8968 #include <stdio.h>
8969 #include <stdlib.h>
8970 %}
8971 %%
8972 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
8973 %%
8974 int
8975 yyparse (char const *file)
8976 {
8977 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
8978 if (!yyin)
8979 exit (2);
8980 /* One token only. */
8981 yylex ();
8982 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
8983 exit (3);
8984 return 0;
8985 }
8986
8987 int
8988 main (void)
8989 {
8990 yyparse ("input");
8991 yyparse ("input");
8992 return 0;
8993 }
8994 @end verbatim
8995
8996 @noindent
8997 If the file @file{input} contains
8998
8999 @verbatim
9000 input:1: Hello,
9001 input:2: World!
9002 @end verbatim
9003
9004 @noindent
9005 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
9006
9007 @example
9008 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
9009 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
9010 $ @kbd{./first-line}
9011 input:1: Hello,
9012 input:2: World!
9013 @end example
9014
9015 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
9016 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
9017 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
9018 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
9019 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
9020 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
9021 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
9022 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
9023 input buffers.
9024
9025 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
9026 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
9027 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
9028 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
9029
9030 @node Strings are Destroyed
9031 @section Strings are Destroyed
9032
9033 @display
9034 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
9035 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
9036 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
9037 @end display
9038
9039 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
9040 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
9041 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
9042
9043 @verbatim
9044 %{
9045 #include <stdio.h>
9046 char *yylval = NULL;
9047 %}
9048 %%
9049 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
9050 \n /* IGNORE */
9051 %%
9052 int
9053 main ()
9054 {
9055 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
9056 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
9057 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
9058 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
9059 return 0;
9060 }
9061 @end verbatim
9062
9063 If you compile and run this code, you get:
9064
9065 @example
9066 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
9067 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
9068 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
9069 "one
9070 two", "two"
9071 @end example
9072
9073 @noindent
9074 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
9075 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
9076 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
9077 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
9078 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
9079 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
9080
9081 @example
9082 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
9083 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
9084 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
9085 "two", "two"
9086 @end example
9087
9088
9089 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
9090 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
9091
9092 @display
9093 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
9094 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
9095 @end display
9096
9097 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
9098 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
9099 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
9100 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
9101 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
9102 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
9103 execute simple instructions one after the others.
9104
9105 @cindex abstract syntax tree
9106 @cindex @acronym{AST}
9107 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
9108 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
9109 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
9110 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
9111 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
9112 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
9113 compiler.
9114
9115 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
9116 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
9117
9118
9119 @node Multiple start-symbols
9120 @section Multiple start-symbols
9121
9122 @display
9123 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
9124 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
9125 multiple entry points.
9126 @end display
9127
9128 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
9129 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
9130 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
9131 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
9132 real start-symbol:
9133
9134 @example
9135 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
9136 %start start;
9137 start: START_FOO foo
9138 | START_BAR bar;
9139 @end example
9140
9141 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
9142 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
9143
9144 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
9145 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
9146 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
9147 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
9148 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
9149 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
9150 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
9151 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
9152
9153 @example
9154 /* @r{Prologue.} */
9155 %%
9156 %@{
9157 if (start_token)
9158 @{
9159 int t = start_token;
9160 start_token = 0;
9161 return t;
9162 @}
9163 %@}
9164 /* @r{The rules.} */
9165 @end example
9166
9167
9168 @node Secure? Conform?
9169 @section Secure? Conform?
9170
9171 @display
9172 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
9173 @end display
9174
9175 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
9176 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
9177 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
9178 please send us a bug report.
9179
9180 @node I can't build Bison
9181 @section I can't build Bison
9182
9183 @display
9184 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
9185 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
9186 What should I do?
9187 @end display
9188
9189 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
9190 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
9191 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
9192 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
9193 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
9194 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
9195 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
9196
9197
9198 @node Where can I find help?
9199 @section Where can I find help?
9200
9201 @display
9202 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
9203 @end display
9204
9205 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
9206 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
9207 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
9208 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
9209 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
9210 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
9211 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
9212 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
9213 hearts.
9214
9215 @node Bug Reports
9216 @section Bug Reports
9217
9218 @display
9219 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
9220 @end display
9221
9222 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
9223 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
9224 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
9225 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
9226 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
9227
9228 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
9229 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
9230 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
9231 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
9232 easier it will be to fix the bug.
9233
9234 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
9235 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
9236 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
9237 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
9238 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
9239 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
9240
9241 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
9242 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
9243
9244 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
9245
9246 @node More Languages
9247 @section More Languages
9248
9249 @display
9250 Will Bison ever have C++ and Java support? How about @var{insert your
9251 favorite language here}?
9252 @end display
9253
9254 C++ and Java support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
9255 languages; contributions are welcome.
9256
9257 @node Beta Testing
9258 @section Beta Testing
9259
9260 @display
9261 What is involved in being a beta tester?
9262 @end display
9263
9264 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
9265 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
9266 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
9267 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
9268 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
9269 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
9270 essentially halted.
9271
9272 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
9273 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
9274 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
9275 systems are especially welcome.
9276
9277 @node Mailing Lists
9278 @section Mailing Lists
9279
9280 @display
9281 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
9282 @end display
9283
9284 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
9285
9286 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
9287
9288 @node Table of Symbols
9289 @appendix Bison Symbols
9290 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
9291 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
9292
9293 @deffn {Variable} @@$
9294 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
9295 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9296 @end deffn
9297
9298 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
9299 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
9300 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
9301 @end deffn
9302
9303 @deffn {Variable} $$
9304 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
9305 @xref{Actions}.
9306 @end deffn
9307
9308 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
9309 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
9310 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
9311 @end deffn
9312
9313 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
9314 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
9315 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
9316 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
9317 @end deffn
9318
9319 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
9320 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
9321 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
9322 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
9323 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
9324 Grammar}.
9325 @end deffn
9326
9327 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
9328 Comment delimiters, as in C.
9329 @end deffn
9330
9331 @deffn {Delimiter} :
9332 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
9333 Grammar Rules}.
9334 @end deffn
9335
9336 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
9337 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9338 @end deffn
9339
9340 @deffn {Delimiter} |
9341 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
9342 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
9343 @end deffn
9344
9345 @deffn {Directive} <*>
9346 Used to define a default tagged @code{%destructor} or default tagged
9347 @code{%printer}.
9348
9349 This feature is experimental.
9350 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9351 feature.
9352
9353 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9354 @end deffn
9355
9356 @deffn {Directive} <>
9357 Used to define a default tagless @code{%destructor} or default tagless
9358 @code{%printer}.
9359
9360 This feature is experimental.
9361 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
9362 feature.
9363
9364 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9365 @end deffn
9366
9367 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
9368 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
9369 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
9370 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
9371 @end deffn
9372
9373 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
9374 @deffnx {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
9375 Insert @var{code} verbatim into output parser source.
9376 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
9377 @end deffn
9378
9379 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9380 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9381 @end deffn
9382
9383 @deffn {Directive} %debug
9384 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9385 @end deffn
9386
9387 @ifset defaultprec
9388 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
9389 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
9390 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
9391 Precedence}.
9392 @end deffn
9393 @end ifset
9394
9395 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{define-variable}
9396 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{define-variable} @var{value}
9397 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
9398 @xref{Decl Summary,,%define}.
9399 @end deffn
9400
9401 @deffn {Directive} %defines
9402 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
9403 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9404 @end deffn
9405
9406 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
9407 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
9408 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9409 @end deffn
9410
9411 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
9412 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
9413 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
9414 @end deffn
9415
9416 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
9417 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
9418 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
9419 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9420 @end deffn
9421
9422 @deffn {Symbol} $end
9423 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
9424 used in the grammar.
9425 @end deffn
9426
9427 @deffn {Symbol} error
9428 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
9429 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
9430 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
9431 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
9432 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
9433 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
9434 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
9435 @xref{Error Recovery}.
9436 @end deffn
9437
9438 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
9439 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
9440 when @code{yyerror} is called.
9441 @end deffn
9442
9443 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9444 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
9445 Summary}.
9446 @end deffn
9447
9448 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
9449 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
9450 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9451 @end deffn
9452
9453 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
9454 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
9455 @end deffn
9456
9457 @deffn {Directive} %language
9458 Specify the programming language for the generated parser.
9459 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9460 @end deffn
9461
9462 @deffn {Directive} %left
9463 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
9464 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9465 @end deffn
9466
9467 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
9468 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
9469 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
9470 for Pure Parsers}.
9471 @end deffn
9472
9473 @deffn {Directive} %merge
9474 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
9475 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
9476 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
9477 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
9478 @end deffn
9479
9480 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
9481 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9482 @end deffn
9483
9484 @ifset defaultprec
9485 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
9486 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
9487 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
9488 Precedence}.
9489 @end deffn
9490 @end ifset
9491
9492 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
9493 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
9494 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
9495 @end deffn
9496
9497 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
9498 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
9499 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9500 @end deffn
9501
9502 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
9503 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
9504 Summary}.
9505 @end deffn
9506
9507 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
9508 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
9509 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
9510 Function @code{yyparse}}.
9511 @end deffn
9512
9513 @deffn {Directive} %prec
9514 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
9515 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
9516 @end deffn
9517
9518 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
9519 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
9520 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9521 @end deffn
9522
9523 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
9524 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
9525 Require a Version of Bison}.
9526 @end deffn
9527
9528 @deffn {Directive} %right
9529 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
9530 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
9531 @end deffn
9532
9533 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton
9534 Specify the skeleton to use; usually for development.
9535 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9536 @end deffn
9537
9538 @deffn {Directive} %start
9539 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
9540 Start-Symbol}.
9541 @end deffn
9542
9543 @deffn {Directive} %token
9544 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
9545 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
9546 @end deffn
9547
9548 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
9549 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
9550 @xref{Decl Summary}.
9551 @end deffn
9552
9553 @deffn {Directive} %type
9554 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
9555 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
9556 @end deffn
9557
9558 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
9559 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
9560 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
9561 @code{error}.
9562 @end deffn
9563
9564 @deffn {Directive} %union
9565 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
9566 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
9567 @end deffn
9568
9569 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
9570 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
9571 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
9572 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
9573 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9574
9575 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYABORT;}
9576 instead.
9577 @end deffn
9578
9579 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
9580 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
9581 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
9582 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9583
9584 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYACCEPT;}
9585 instead.
9586 @end deffn
9587
9588 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
9589 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
9590 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9591 @end deffn
9592
9593 @deffn {Variable} yychar
9594 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
9595 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
9596 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
9597 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9598 @end deffn
9599
9600 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
9601 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
9602 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9603 @end deffn
9604
9605 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
9606 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
9607 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
9608 @end deffn
9609
9610 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
9611 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
9612 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
9613 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
9614 @end deffn
9615
9616 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
9617 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
9618 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9619 @end deffn
9620
9621 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
9622 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
9623 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
9624 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
9625 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9626
9627 For Java parsers, this functionality is invoked using @code{return YYERROR;}
9628 instead.
9629 @end deffn
9630
9631 @deffn {Function} yyerror
9632 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
9633 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
9634 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
9635 @end deffn
9636
9637 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
9638 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
9639 to request verbose, specific error message strings
9640 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
9641 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
9642 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
9643 @end deffn
9644
9645 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
9646 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
9647 @xref{Memory Management}.
9648 @end deffn
9649
9650 @deffn {Function} yylex
9651 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
9652 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
9653 @code{yylex}}.
9654 @end deffn
9655
9656 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
9657 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
9658 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
9659 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
9660 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
9661 @end deffn
9662
9663 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
9664 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
9665 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
9666 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
9667 @code{yylex}.)
9668 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
9669 grammar actions.
9670 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
9671 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
9672 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
9673 @end deffn
9674
9675 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
9676 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
9677 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
9678 @end deffn
9679
9680 @deffn {Variable} yylval
9681 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
9682 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
9683 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
9684 @code{yylex}.)
9685 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
9686 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
9687 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
9688 @end deffn
9689
9690 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
9691 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
9692 Management}.
9693 @end deffn
9694
9695 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
9696 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
9697 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}. In a
9698 pure push parser, it is a member of yypstate.)
9699 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
9700 @end deffn
9701
9702 @deffn {Function} yyparse
9703 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
9704 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9705 @end deffn
9706
9707 @deffn {Function} yypstate_delete
9708 The function to delete a parser instance, produced by Bison in push mode;
9709 call this function to delete the memory associated with a parser.
9710 @xref{Parser Delete Function, ,The Parser Delete Function
9711 @code{yypstate_delete}}.
9712 @end deffn
9713
9714 @deffn {Function} yypstate_new
9715 The function to create a parser instance, produced by Bison in push mode;
9716 call this function to create a new parser.
9717 @xref{Parser Create Function, ,The Parser Create Function
9718 @code{yypstate_new}}.
9719 @end deffn
9720
9721 @deffn {Function} yypull_parse
9722 The parser function produced by Bison in push mode; call this function to
9723 parse the rest of the input stream.
9724 @xref{Pull Parser Function, ,The Pull Parser Function
9725 @code{yypull_parse}}.
9726 @end deffn
9727
9728 @deffn {Function} yypush_parse
9729 The parser function produced by Bison in push mode; call this function to
9730 parse a single token. @xref{Push Parser Function, ,The Push Parser Function
9731 @code{yypush_parse}}.
9732 @end deffn
9733
9734 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
9735 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
9736 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
9737 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
9738 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
9739 @end deffn
9740
9741 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
9742 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
9743 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
9744 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9745 @end deffn
9746
9747 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
9748 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
9749 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
9750 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
9751 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
9752 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
9753 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
9754
9755 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
9756 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
9757 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
9758 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
9759 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
9760 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
9761 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
9762 @end deffn
9763
9764 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
9765 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
9766 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
9767 @end deffn
9768
9769 @node Glossary
9770 @appendix Glossary
9771 @cindex glossary
9772
9773 @table @asis
9774 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
9775 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
9776 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
9777 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
9778 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9779
9780 @item Context-free grammars
9781 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
9782 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
9783 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
9784 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
9785 Grammars}.
9786
9787 @item Dynamic allocation
9788 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
9789 compile time or on entry to a function.
9790
9791 @item Empty string
9792 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
9793 character string of length zero.
9794
9795 @item Finite-state stack machine
9796 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
9797 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
9798 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
9799 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
9800 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
9801 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9802
9803 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
9804 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
9805 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
9806 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
9807 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
9808 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
9809 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
9810 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
9811
9812 @item Grouping
9813 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
9814 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
9815 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9816
9817 @item Infix operator
9818 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
9819 performs some operation.
9820
9821 @item Input stream
9822 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
9823
9824 @item Language construct
9825 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
9826 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
9827 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9828
9829 @item Left associativity
9830 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
9831 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
9832 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
9833
9834 @item Left recursion
9835 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
9836 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9837 Rules}.
9838
9839 @item Left-to-right parsing
9840 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
9841 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9842
9843 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
9844 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
9845 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
9846
9847 @item Lexical tie-in
9848 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
9849 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
9850
9851 @item Literal string token
9852 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
9853
9854 @item Lookahead token
9855 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
9856 Tokens}.
9857
9858 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
9859 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
9860 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
9861 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
9862
9863 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
9864 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
9865 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
9866
9867 @item Nonterminal symbol
9868 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
9869 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
9870 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
9871
9872 @item Parser
9873 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
9874 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
9875 analyzer.
9876
9877 @item Postfix operator
9878 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
9879 performs some operation.
9880
9881 @item Reduction
9882 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
9883 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
9884 Parser Algorithm}.
9885
9886 @item Reentrant
9887 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
9888 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
9889 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9890
9891 @item Reverse polish notation
9892 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
9893
9894 @item Right recursion
9895 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
9896 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9897 Rules}.
9898
9899 @item Semantics
9900 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
9901 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
9902 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
9903
9904 @item Shift
9905 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
9906 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
9907 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9908
9909 @item Single-character literal
9910 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
9911 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
9912
9913 @item Start symbol
9914 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
9915 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
9916 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
9917 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
9918
9919 @item Symbol table
9920 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
9921 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
9922 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
9923
9924 @item Syntax error
9925 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
9926 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9927
9928 @item Token
9929 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
9930 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
9931 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
9932 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
9933
9934 @item Terminal symbol
9935 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
9936 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
9937 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9938 @end table
9939
9940 @node Copying This Manual
9941 @appendix Copying This Manual
9942 @include fdl.texi
9943
9944 @node Index
9945 @unnumbered Index
9946
9947 @printindex cp
9948
9949 @bye
9950
9951 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
9952 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
9953 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
9954 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
9955 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
9956 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
9957 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
9958 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
9959 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
9960 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
9961 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
9962 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
9963 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
9964 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
9965 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
9966 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
9967 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
9968 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless yynerrs
9969 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
9970 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
9971 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
9972 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
9973 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
9974 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
9975 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
9976 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
9977 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
9978 @c LocalWords: nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
9979 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex